BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORP
10-K, 1997-12-24
DRUGS, PROPRIETARIES & DRUGGISTS' SUNDRIES
Previous: BARNWELL INDUSTRIES INC, 10KSB, 1997-12-24
Next: FLANIGANS ENTERPRISES INC, 10KSB, 1997-12-24



EXHIBIT INDEX                                            TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES
FOUND ON PAGE 53.                                        INCLUDED IN THIS ANNUAL
                                                         REPORT IS 174.
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                       ----------------------------------

                                    FORM 10-K



[ X ]     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15 (d) OF THE
                    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997
                          ------------------

                                       OR


[   ]     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                   SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______________ to ________________

                          Commission file number 1-5110

                            BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          New Jersey                                           22-1444512
- -------------------------------                            --------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S. Employer
 Incorporation or organization)                             Identification No.)

4000 Metropolitan Drive, Orange, California                    92868-3598
- -------------------------------------------                --------------------
 (Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code            (714) 385-4000
                                                           --------------------


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Name of each exchange on
   Title of each class                                     which registered
- ---------------------------------                      ------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>
Class A Common Stock                                    New York Stock Exchange
Par Value $1.50 per share

6 7/8% Exchangeable Subordinated                        New York Stock Exchange
Debentures due July 15, 2011

$150,000,000 7 3/8% Senior Notes                        New York Stock Exchange
due 2003
</TABLE>

Securities  registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

7%  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  due  March  1,  2006 -  Durr-Fillauer
Medical, Inc.

===============================================================================
                            (Cover page continued)

<PAGE>


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [x]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [x]  No__

At  November  30,  1997,   50,425,459  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  were
outstanding.  The  aggregate  market  value of the Class A Common  Stock held by
nonaffiliates of the registrant on November 30, 1997 was $2,062,652,922.



                       Documents Incorporated by Reference
                       -----------------------------------


List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the part
of the Form 10-K into which the document is incorporated:

Within 120 days after  September  30,  1997,  the  Company  will  either  file a
definitive proxy statement for its 1998 annual meeting of shareowners which will
be  incorporated  by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or
will file an amendment to this Annual Report to provide the  information  called
for by such Part III.



<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                     PART I
                                     ------
ITEM                                                                  PAGE
- ----                                                                  ----

       Forward-looking Statements                                     I - 1

1.     Business                                                       I - 1

2.     Properties                                                     I - 5

3.     Legal Proceedings                                              I - 6

4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders            I - 10

4A.    Executive Officers of the Registrant                           I - 10


                                     PART II
                                     -------

5.     Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and                 II - 1
              Related Stockholder Matters

6.     Selected Financial Data                                       II - 2

7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial             II - 3
              Condition and Results of Operations

8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                   II - 9

9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants                 II - 30
              on Accounting and Financial Disclosure


                                    PART III
                                    --------

10.    Directors of the Registrant                                  III - 1

11.    Executive Compensation                                       III - 1

12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners              III - 1
              and Management

13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions               III - 1


                                     PART IV
                                     -------

14.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports           IV - 1
              on Form 8-K

       Signatures                                                    IV - 6



<PAGE>



Portions of this Annual Report on Form 10-K include "forward-looking statements"
within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such
forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors
which could cause actual  results to materially  differ from those  projected or
implied. The most significant of such risks, uncertainties and other factors are
described in Exhibit 99(a) to this Annual Report.


                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

                  A.       General Development of Business
                           -------------------------------

                           Bergen Brunswig Corporation, a New Jersey corporation
formed  in  1956,  and its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  "Company")  are a
diversified drug and health care distribution  organization.  The Company is the
nation's largest supplier of  pharmaceuticals to the managed care market and the
second largest  wholesaler to the retail pharmacy market.  The Company is one of
the largest  pharmaceutical  distributors  to provide both  pharmaceuticals  and
medical-surgical supplies on a national basis.

                           On August 23, 1997,  the Company  signed a definitive
merger  agreement  with Cardinal  Health,  Inc.  ("Cardinal"),  a distributor of
pharmaceuticals  and provider of  value-added  pharmaceutical-related  services,
headquartered in Dublin, Ohio. The merger agreement,  which has been unanimously
approved by the Boards of Directors of the Company and  Cardinal,  calls for the
Company to become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cardinal. The combined company is
expected to be known as Cardinal Bergen Health,  Inc. and would be headquartered
in Dublin,  Ohio.  Under the terms of the proposed  merger,  shareowners  of the
Company  would  receive  0.775 of a Cardinal  Common  Share in exchange for each
outstanding  share of the Company's  Class A Common Stock.  Cardinal would issue
approximately  40 million Common Shares in the  transaction and would assume the
Company's long-term debt which was approximately $418.2 million at September 30,
1997.  The merger has been  structured  as a tax-free  transaction  and would be
accounted for as a pooling of interests for financial  reporting  purposes.  The
merger is currently expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter of
fiscal  1998,  subject  to the  satisfaction  of certain  conditions,  including
approvals by the Company's  shareowners  and  Cardinal's  shareholders,  and the
receipt of certain regulatory  approvals.  Additional  information regarding the
proposed  merger is set forth in the Company's  Current Report on Form 8-K dated
August 23, 1997, as filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and is
incorporated herein by reference.

                           On November 18, 1997, the Company signed an agreement
to acquire substantially all of the net assets of Besse Medical Services,  Inc.,
a privately-held  distributor of injectables,  diagnostics and medical supplies.
Under the agreement,  the Company would pay approximately $20.0 million in cash,
plus estimated expenses and assume certain liabilities. This transaction is more
fully  described  in Note  12 of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
appearing in Part II, Item 8, "Financial  Statements and Supplementary  Data" of
this Annual Report.

                           On April 24,  1997,  the  Company  declared a 5-for-4
stock split on the Company's Class A Common Stock which was paid on June 2, 1997
to shareowners of record on May 5, 1997.

                           On March 20, 1997, the Company  announced that it had
terminated  its previously  announced  merger  agreement  with IVAX  Corporation
("IVAX").  See  Notes 9 and 10 of Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
apprearing in Part II, Item 8, "Financial  Statements and Supplementary Data" of
this Annual Report.



                                      I - 1
<PAGE>

                  B.       Narrative Description of Business
                           ---------------------------------

                           Bergen Brunswig Drug Company (the "Drug Company"),  a
wholly-owned  and the largest  subsidiary of the Company,  is one of the largest
national  distributors of products sold or used by institutional  (hospital) and
retail  pharmacies.  The  Drug  Company  distributes  a full  line of  products,
including  pharmaceuticals,   proprietary  medicines,   cosmetics,   toiletries,
personal health products,  sundries,  and home healthcare supplies and equipment
from 31  locations  in 23 states.  These  products are sold to a large number of
hospital pharmacies,  managed care facilities,  health maintenance organizations
("HMOs"),   independent  retail  pharmacies,   pharmacy  chains,   supermarkets,
food-drug  combination  stores and other retailers located in all 50 states, the
District of Columbia, Guam and Mexico. During fiscal 1997, no single customer or
affiliated group of customers of the Drug Company accounted for more than 10% of
its net sales and other  revenues.  However,  purchasing  groups are expected to
represent increasing percentages of total sales in the future.

                           The  Drug  Company  has  been  an  innovator  in  the
development and utilization of  computer-based  retailer order entry systems and
of electronic data interchange  ("EDI") systems  including  computer-to-computer
ordering systems with suppliers.  During fiscal 1997,  substantially  all of the
Drug Company's customer orders were received via electronic order entry systems.
These systems,  combined with daily delivery, are designed to improve customers'
cash and inventory  management and profitability by freeing them from the burden
of  maintaining  large  inventories.  Although  these  systems  require  capital
expenditures by the Company, benefits from these systems to the Drug Company are
expected to be realized  through  increased  productivity.  The Drug  Company is
expanding its  electronic  interface  with its suppliers and now  electronically
processes a substantial  portion of its purchase orders,  invoices and payments.
The Drug Company has opened eight regional  distribution  centers ("RDCs") since
fiscal 1986, replacing 20 older, smaller,  less efficient facilities.  RDCs help
improve  customer  service  levels  because a wider  product  selection  is more
readily  available.  These  facilities  serviced 51% of the Drug  Company  sales
volume in fiscal 1997.

                           In June 1996,  the  Company  introduced  its  Generic
Purchasing   Program  ("GPP").   Designed  to  streamline   customers'   generic
pharmaceutical  costs,  GPP utilizes the products of a selected group of generic
manufacturers  and combines  that benefit  with  substantial  volume to leverage
buying power for the Company's customers.


                                      I - 2
<PAGE>


                           In July 1994, the Company introduced AccuSource(R), a
multimedia  communication,  product information,  and electronic ordering system
for pharmacies.  Developed jointly by the Drug Company and Apple Computer, Inc.,
Accusource  links the supplier,  wholesaler  and retailer in the  pharmaceutical
distribution  process.  AccuSource  simplifies  the  ordering  process and gives
retailers  detailed  information on thousands of products,  services and special
purchase opportunities,  as well as prescription  substitution  alternatives and
Medicaid coverage  information.  AccuSource's on-line feature provides retailers
with a convenient  method for ensuring product  availability by giving immediate
information on quantity levels at their Drug Company distribution center.

                           The Drug  Company  also  provides  a wide  variety of
promotional, advertising, merchandising, and marketing assistance to independent
community  pharmacies.  For  example,  the  Good  Neighbor  Pharmacy(R)  program
utilizes  circular and media advertising to strengthen the consumer image of the
independent pharmacy without sacrificing its local individuality. Other programs
for the independent community pharmacy include in-store merchandising  programs,
private label  products,  shelf  management  systems,  pharmacy  computers and a
fully-integrated   point-of-sale   system  marketed  under  the  Drug  Company's
trademark of OmniPhaseTM.

                           Hospital and other institutional accounts are offered
a wide  variety of inventory  management  and  information  services by the Drug
Company to better manage  inventory  investment and contain  costs.  AccuLineTM,
introduced  in June 1995,  provides an on-line,  real-time,  hospital,  pharmacy
management  system in a WindowsTM  (a  trademark  of  Microsoft(R)  Corporation)
environment and features local area network capability.

                           Bergen Brunswig Medical  Corporation  (formerly known
as  Durr  Medical   Corporation),   Southeastern  Hospital  Supply  Corporation,
Professional  Medical  Supply  Co.,  Biddle  &  Crowther  Company  and  Colonial
Healthcare Supply Co. (collectively,  "Medical"),  wholly-owned  subsidiaries of
the Company, distribute a variety of medical and surgical products to individual
hospitals  and  alternate  site  healthcare  providers  through 28  distribution
centers  located in 23 states in every  region of the United  States  except the
northeast.

                           Medical serves hospital  customers and alternate site
customers in 44 states and the District of Columbia.  Alternate  site  customers
include  outpatient  clinics,  nursing  homes,  surgery  centers,  dialysis  and
oncology centers, emergency centers, laboratories and veterinary clinics.

                           Alternate Site  Distributors  ("ASD"),  the Company's
specialty wholesale subsidiary,  supplies  pharmaceuticals and oncology products
to  physician  and clinic  accounts  through two  locations  in two states.  The
Company  created ASD during  fiscal  1994 to respond to the rapid  growth in the
alternate  site  market  business.  As a major  supplier to the  alternate  site
market,  ASD  seeks to give  its  customers  quick  access  to a broad  range of
specialty, value-added products and services, and commercial outsourcing.


                                      I - 3
<PAGE>


                           In September 1995, the Company formed IntePlexTM Inc.
("IntePlex"),  a subsidiary of the Company, to focus exclusively on the evolving
integrated  healthcare  marketplace.  The  foundation  of IntePlex  involves the
development  of an electronic  catalog for  one-stop-shopping  and a centralized
database for tracking customers'  purchasing  information.  IntePlex's offerings
are  expected  to  include  logistics  management,   continuous   replenishment,
just-in-time  delivery,  and benefit plan  compliance for both  medical-surgical
supplies and pharmaceuticals  combined with delivery to all points in a network:
hospitals, alternate sites, physician offices and retail stores.


                           1.       Competition
                                    -----------
                           The  Drug  Company,   which  is  the  second  largest
national pharmaceutical distributor measured by sales, faces intense competition
from other national pharmaceutical  distributors,  as well as regional and local
full-line  and  short-line   distributors,   direct  selling  manufacturers  and
specialty  distributors.  The principal competitive factors of the businesses of
the Drug Company,  Medical and ASD are service and price.  During periods of low
price inflation, which has occurred the last few years, wholesalers receive less
benefit from manufacturers' price increases but also incur lower last-in,  first
out ("LIFO")  charges.  Also,  pharmaceutical  distributors are impacted because
service fee revenue is  generally  based on cost plus a markup  percentage.  Low
inflation  has  limited  markup  growth  due to slow  growth  in the base  cost.
Competition   during  this  period  has  driven  down  the  service  fee  markup
percentage, thereby lowering pharmaceutical distributors' gross profit margins.


                           2.       Employees
                                    ---------
                           As  of  November  30,  1997,  the  Company   employed
approximately  5,100 people.  The Company  considers its  relationship  with its
employees  and  the  unions   representing   certain  of  its  employees  to  be
satisfactory.


                           3.       Other
                                    -----
                           While the  Company's  operations  may show  quarterly
fluctuations,  the  Company  does not  consider  its  business to be seasonal in
nature, on a consolidated basis.

                           Although the Company's  computer  service  operations
expend time and effort on the  development  and  marketing of computer  programs
relating to the  services  for its  subsidiaries,  which are  described  in part
elsewhere  herein,  the Company  has not,  during the past three  fiscal  years,
expended any material  amounts on research and development of computer  software
for sale.

                           The Company  relies  heavily on  computer  technology
throughout its businesses to effectively carry out its day-to-day operations. As


                                      I - 4
<PAGE>

the millennium approaches,  the Company is assessing all of its computer systems
to ensure  that they are "Year  2000"-compliant.  In this  process,  the Company
expects to both  replace  some  systems  and upgrade  others  which are not Year
2000-compliant,  in order to meet its internal needs and those of its customers.
The Company  expects its Year 2000 project to be  completed  on a timely  basis.
However,  there can be no assurance that the systems of other companies on which
the  Company  may rely also will be timely  converted  or that such  failure  to
convert by another  company  would not have an adverse  effect on the  Company's
systems.  To date, the Company has spent  approximately $1.5 million on the Year
2000 project. Costs related to this project will continue through calendar 1999.
These costs are difficult to estimate  accurately and they will not  necessarily
be  incremental.  The  Company's  stated  expectations  regarding  its Year 2000
project  constitute  forward-looking  statements.  Actual  results  could differ
materially from the Company's  expectations due to  unanticipated  technological
difficulties,  project vendor delays and project vendor cost overruns. Reference
is also made to the  introductory  paragraph  of this Annual  Report and Exhibit
99(a) hereto.



ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         Because of the nature of the Company's business, office and warehousing
facilities are operated in widely dispersed locations in the United States. Some
of the facilities  are owned by the Company,  but most are leased on a long-term
basis.  The Company  considers  its operating  properties to be in  satisfactory
condition and well utilized with adequate capacity for growth.

         As of November 30, 1997, the Drug Company's  operations were located in
37 owned and  leased  warehouse  and  office  facilities  in  Alabama,  Arizona,
California,    Colorado,    Florida,   Georgia,   Hawaii,   Indiana,   Kentucky,
Massachusetts,  Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico,
North  Carolina,   Oklahoma,  Oregon,  Tennessee,   Texas,  Utah,  Virginia  and
Washington.  Leased facilities range in size from approximately 5,800 to 181,300
square feet and have a combined area of approximately 1,612,300 square feet. The
expiration  dates of the leases range from 1998 to 2008.  Owned facilities range
in size from approximately 46,000 to 231,500 square feet.

         As of November 30, 1997,  Medical's operations were located in 34 owned
and  leased  warehouse  and  office  facilities  in  Alabama,  Alaska,  Arizona,
California,  Colorado,  Florida,  Georgia, Idaho, Illinois,  Indiana,  Michigan,
Minnesota,  Missouri,  Nevada,  North Carolina,  Ohio,  Oklahoma,  Oregon, South
Carolina,  Tennessee,  Texas, Utah,  Virginia and Washington.  Leased facilities
range in size from approximately 6,600 to 97,000 square feet and have a combined
area of approximately  1,002,100 square feet. The expiration dates of the leases
range from 1998 to 2005.  Owned  facilities range in size from 30,800 to 188,000
square feet.

         As of November 30, 1997,  ASD's operations were located in three leased
warehouse and office  facilities in Alabama,  Kentucky and Texas ranging in size
from 9,800 to 64,000  square feet,  respectively.  The  expiration  dates of the
leases range from 1999 to 2001.


                                      I - 5
<PAGE>


         The combined area of the Company's owned  facilities was  approximately
2,200,000 square feet as of November 30, 1997.

         The  Company   maintains  general  and  executive  offices  in  Orange,
California,  with approximately 208,800 square feet which are leased pursuant to
a 15-year  lease which  expires in 2000,  at which time Bergen has the option to
purchase the premises at the then fair market value.

         For additional  information  regarding the Company's lease obligations,
see Note 6 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in Part II, Item 8,
"Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         On July 7, 1992, two putative class action complaints were filed in the
Delaware Court of Chancery against  Durr-Fillauer  Medical, Inc. and subsdiaries
("Durr")  and its  directors:  Steiner v.  Adair,  et al.,  C.A.  No.  12634 and
Goldwurm v. Adair,  et al., C.A. No. 12635.  These actions were  consolidated on
July 15, 1992. On July 17, 1992,  another  putative  class action  complaint was
filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery against Durr and its directors: Trief v.
Adair, et al., C.A. No. 12648. This action was consolidated with C.A. Nos. 12634
and 12635 on August 7, 1992. The named  plaintiffs in the three  complaints (the
"Class Action  Complaints")  allegedly owned an undisclosed  number of shares of
Durr Common Stock. The plaintiffs sought  certification of a class consisting of
all public stockholders of Durr who held Durr stock at the time of the filing of
the  Class  Action  Complaints  and who  were  not  affiliated  with  any of the
defendants. The Class Action Complaints alleged, among other things, that Durr's
directors  breached  their  fiduciary  duties  in  entering  into a June 2, 1992
Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  which  contemplated  the merger of Durr's
wholesale  drug business with  Cardinal  Distribution,  Inc. and the spin-off of
Durr's  remaining  businesses  into a newly  formed  entity.  The  Class  Action
Complaints  sought a variety of relief,  including an  injunction  requiring the
Durr directors to consider competing offers, damages,  attorneys fees and costs.
The Company subsequently acquired Durr in September 1992.

         In  connection  with the  acquisition  of Durr,  and for the purpose of
settling  the  expressed  concern  of the  Attorneys  General  of the  States of
Alabama, Florida and Louisiana (collectively,  the "Attorneys General") over the
alleged  potential  lessening of  competition in the wholesale  distribution  of
pharmaceutical  products,  the Company and Durr entered into an agreement  dated
September 18, 1992, with the Attorneys  General wherein the Company agreed that:
(1) subject to certain exceptions, no existing customer of either the Company or
Durr  in  Alabama,  Florida  and  Louisiana  (the  "Customers")  will  suffer  a
diminution  of  service  levels  until  April 30,  1997;  (2)  except  for price
increases  resulting  from  taxes,  fees or  governmental  charges,  neither the
Company  nor Durr will  increase  the markup  percentage  for the  Customers  in
Alabama, Florida and Louisiana for a period of two years and from September 1994
through April 1997 will not increase such percentage in excess of the percentage


                                      I - 6
<PAGE>


increase in the Consumer  Price Index;  (3) Durr will maintain its  distribution
facilities in Montgomery and Mobile, Alabama; Lakeland, Florida; and Shreveport,
Louisiana for a period of at least two years; (4) Durr will maintain and enhance
its AccuNetR system for a period of at least two years; and (5) the Company will
reimburse  the States of Alabama,  Florida and  Louisiana  for their legal fees,
costs and expenses  incurred in the  investigation of the acquisition of Durr by
the Company.

         Drug Barn,  Inc.  ("Drug Barn"),  a former retail pharmacy chain in the
San Francisco Bay Area, owed the Company approximately $6.2 million in principal
obligations  as of  October  31,  1997,  of  which  approximately  $1.2  million
represents trade receivables and $5.0 million represents a note which matured on
March  25,  1993  and has not been  paid to date.  The  Company  has a  security
interest in virtually all of Drug Barn's assets, as well as personal guaranties,
which collaterize the note and trade receivables.

         In May 1992, Drug Barn requested additional financing which the Company
denied to extend.  In December  1992,  Drug Barn commenced an action against the
Company in the Santa Clara Superior Court (State of California)  alleging breach
of contract,  misrepresentation  and violations of certain California  antitrust
and unfair practices laws. Drug Barn sought a variety of damage claims including
compensatory,  treble and punitive damages,  an injunction against collection on
the note,  and  declaratory  judgment as to Drug Barn's  rights under an alleged
oral joint venture agreement with the Company.

         On April 20, 1993,  the Company  filed a complaint in the Orange County
Superior  Court (State of  California),  Case No.  709136  against Drug Barn and
Milton Sloban and Barbara  Sloban,  as guarantors on the defaulted note and open
trade  receivables,  alleging  breach of contract and guaranty,  and  requesting
judicial foreclosure of and the possession of collateral.

         Drug Barn commenced a Chapter 11 case in U.S.  Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern  District of California,  Case No.  93-3-3437 TC, by filing a voluntary
petition for relief under  Chapter 11 of the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code on
July 29, 1993 and remained in possession pursuant to 11 U.S.C.  Section 1107. In
April 1994, this matter  (excluding the bankruptcy court matter) was transferred
to the San Francisco  County  Superior Court with the  California  state actions
referenced  in the next  paragraph.  In April 1996,  the Company filed a plan of
reorganization  with the Bankruptcy Court to resolve all of its claims with Drug
Barn and its guarantors.  The plan of  reorganization  provides for, among other
things,  a sale of all Drug  Barn's  assets,  a  distribution  of the asset sale
proceeds to creditors and a settlement  of all claims of any nature  between the
Company and Drug Barn (but not its guarantors,  Milton and Barbara Sloban).  The
Company's  plan was  confirmed by the  Bankruptcy  Court on June 14,  1996.  The
actions  brought by Milton and Barbara Sloban and the Company's  collection suit
commenced  trial on August 14, 1996 in San Francisco  County  Superior Court. On
August 29, 1996, the Company won a $3.4 million jury verdict  against Milton and
Barbara Sloban. Milton and Barbara Sloban have filed a Notice of Appeal with the
aforementioned court, which the court rejected on October 31, 1996. The judgment
debtors  have since filed a Notice of Appeal to a higher state court of appeals,


                                      I - 7
<PAGE>


which is still  pending.  In the meantime,  on September 11, 1997,  the judgment
debtors filed for protection under the federal bankruptcy laws.

         Between August 3, 1993 and February 14, 1994,  the Company,  along with
various  other  pharmaceutical   industry-related  companies,  was  named  as  a
defendant  in  eight  separate  state  antitrust  actions  in  three  courts  in
California.  These  lawsuits  are  more  fully  detailed  in  "Item  1  -  Legal
Proceedings" of Part II of the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 1994 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and is incorporated  herein by reference.  In April 1994, these California state
actions were all coordinated as Pharmaceutical Cases I, II and III, and assigned
to a single  judge in San  Francisco  Superior  Court.  On August  22,  1994,  a
Consolidated Amended Complaint  ("California  Complaint"),  which supersedes and
amends the eight prior complaints, was filed in these actions.

         The  California  Complaint  alleges  that  the  Company  and  35  other
pharmaceutical  industry-related companies violated California's Cartwright Act,
Unfair Practices Act, and the Business and Professions  Code unfair  competition
statute. The California Complaint alleges that defendants jointly and separately
engaged  in secret  rebating,  price  fixing  and price  discrimination  between
plaintiffs and  plaintiffs'  alleged  competitors  who sell  pharmaceuticals  to
patients or retail  customers.  Plaintiffs  seek, on behalf of themselves  and a
class of similarly situated California pharmacies,  injunctive relief and treble
damages  in an amount to be  determined  at trial.  The judge  struck  the class
allegations from the Unfair Practices Act claims.

         Between  August 12, 1993 and November  29,  1993,  the Company was also
named in 11 separate Federal antitrust actions. All 11 actions were consolidated
into one multidistrict action in the Northern District of Illinois entitled,  In
Re Brand-Name Prescription Drugs Antitrust Litigation,  No. 94 C. 897 (MDL 997).
On March 7, 1994,  plaintiffs in these 11 actions filed a  consolidated  amended
class action complaint  ("Federal  Complaint")  which amended and superseded all
previously filed Federal complaints  against the Company.  The Federal Complaint
names as  defendants  the Company and 30 other  pharmaceutical  industry-related
companies.  The Federal  Complaint  alleges,  on behalf of a nationwide class of
retail  pharmacies,  that the  Company  conspired  with  other  wholesalers  and
manufacturers  to  discriminatorily  fix prices in violation of Section 1 of the
Sherman Act. The Federal  Complaint seeks injunctive  relief and treble damages.
On November 15,  1994,  the Federal  court  certified  the class  defined in the
Federal  Complaint  for the time period  October 15, 1989 to the present.  These
lawsuits are more fully detailed in "Item 1 - Legal  Proceedings"  of Part II of
the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1994
as filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission and is incorporated herein
by reference.

         On  March  9,  1995,   the  Company  was  named  along  with  30  other
pharmaceutical  industry-related  companies in a separate complaint filed in the
U.S. District Court,  Eastern District of Arkansas entitled Lawrence Adams d/b/a
Mc  Spadden  Drug  Store,  et al.  v.  Abbott  Laboratories,  et al.,  Case  No.
LR-C-95-153,  alleging similar claims as in the Federal  Complaint.  The Company
believes that this action will be  consolidated  into the Federal  multidistrict
action.


                                      I - 8
<PAGE>


         On May 2,  1994,  the  Company  and Durr  Drug  Company  were  named as
defendants, along with 25 other pharmaceutical  related-industry companies, in a
state  antitrust  class action in the Circuit  Court of Greene  County,  Alabama
entitled Durrett v. UpJohn Company,  et al., No. 94-029  ("Alabama  Complaint").
The Alabama  Complaint alleges on behalf of a class of Alabama retail pharmacies
and  a  class  of  Alabama   consumers   that  the   defendants   conspired   to
discriminatorily  fix prices to  plaintiffs  at  artificially  high levels.  The
Alabama Complaint seeks injunctive relief and treble damages.

         On October 21, 1994, the Company entered into a sharing  agreement with
five other wholesalers and 26 pharmaceutical manufacturers.  Among other things,
the agreement  provides that: (a) if a judgment is entered into against both the
manufacturer and wholesaler defendants, the total exposure for joint and several
liability  of the Company is limited to $1.0  million;  (b) if a  settlement  is
entered into by, between, and among the manufacturer and wholesaler  defendants,
the Company has no monetary  exposure for such  settlement  amount;  (c) the six
wholesaler defendants will be reimbursed by the 26 pharmaceutical defendants for
related  legal fees and expenses up to $9.0 million  total (of which the Company
will receive a proportionate  share);  and (d) the Company is to release certain
claims  which it might have had  against  the  manufacturer  defendants  for the
claims  presented by the  plaintiffs in these cases.  The  agreement  covers the
Federal court litigation,  as well as the cases which have been filed in various
state courts.  In December  1994,  plaintiffs in the Federal action had moved to
set aside the agreement, but plaintiffs' motion was denied on April 25, 1995. On
February 9, 1996, the class plaintiffs  filed a motion for preliminary  approval
of a settlement with 15 of the  manufacturer  defendants,  which, if approved by
the  court,   would  have   resulted  in  dismissal  of  claims   against  those
manufacturers  and a reduction of the  potential  claims  against the  remaining
defendants,  including  those  against  the  Company.  The  Court  did not grant
approval for the settlement and the decision was appealed by the  plaintiffs.  A
second motion was filed by the class  plaintiffs for  preliminary  approval of a
settlement  with  12 of the  manufacturer  defendants,  which  would  result  in
dismissal of claims against those manufacturers and a reduction of the potential
claims against the remaining  defendants,  including  those against the Company.
The Court granted preliminary approval for the settlement.  The Company is not a
party to this proposed settlement but retains protection afforded by the sharing
agreement  referenced  above.  The effect of the sharing  agreement  is that the
Company's potential loss would be $1.0 million, regardless of the outcome of the
lawsuits,   plus  possible  legal  fee  expenses  in  excess  of  the  Company's
proportionate share of $9.0 million reimbursement of such fees to be paid by the
manufacturer defendants. In April 1996, summary judgment was granted in favor of
the Company and the other  wholesaler  defendants  and the Company was dismissed
from the Federal  Class  Action.  However,  this  decision was appealed  and, on
August 15, 1997, the Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit,  along with other
rulings, reversed the District Court's decision granting summary judgment to the
wholesaler defendants.

         In November  1995, in the U.S.  District  Court,  Northern  District of
Illinois, Abbott Laboratories filed a complaint seeking damages of approximately
$4.0 million  against the Company and various  affiliates for credits  allegedly
due in connection  with the purchase and subsequent  sale of Abbott  products by
the  Company.  The Company  has filed  various  counterclaims  and has asked for


                                      I - 9
<PAGE>


damages  according  to proof at trial.  This matter is in the  discovery  stage.
After  discussions  with counsel,  management  of the Company  believes that the
allegations of liability set forth in these lawsuits are without merit as to the
wholesaler defendants and that any attendant liability of the Company,  although
unlikely, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

         On March 20, 1997,  the Company  announced  that it had  terminated its
previously  announced  merger  agreement  with  IVAX.  In  connection  with such
termination  the  Company  filed a lawsuit  against  IVAX in the  United  States
District  Court for the  Southern  District  of New York  alleging,  among other
things, various breaches of its merger agreement.  On May 2, 1997, IVAX filed an
Answer and Counterclaim  against the Company denying various  allegations in the
Company's complaint,  raising various affirmative defenses and alleging that the
Company has breached the merger agreement  entered into between the parties.  On
August 15, 1997,  the Company and IVAX settled the lawsuits  over the  abandoned
merger.

         The  Company is  involved in various  additional  items of  litigation.
Although the amount of  liability  at  September  30, 1997 with respect to these
items of litigation  cannot be  ascertained,  in the opinion of management,  any
resulting  future  liability  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.



ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         No matter  was  submitted  to a vote of  shareowners  during  the three
months ended September 30, 1997.


ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Identification of Executive Officers.

         The executive  officers of the Company are elected by, and serve at the
pleasure of, the Board of Directors.  Each executive  officer holds office until
the next election of officers  which is generally  held in December,  January or
February of each year. The current executive officers of the Company,  and their
respective principal occupations and employment during the last five years ended
September 30, 1997, are listed alphabetically as follows:

         Linda M. Burkett,  47,  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Information
Officer (since September 1996);  Executive Vice President and Chief  Information
Officer,  Bergen Brunswig Drug Company (since 1995); Vice President,  IR Support
Services (1992-1995).


                                      I - 10
<PAGE>


         John Calasibetta, 92, Senior Vice President since 1974. Mr. Calasibetta
is also a member of the Board of Directors.

         Charles J. Carpenter,  48, Executive Vice President,  Chief Procurement
Officer (since September 1996); Executive Vice President, Supplier Relations and
Operations (1995-1996),  Bergen Brunswig Drug Company; Executive Vice President,
Northeast Region (1994-1995); Vice President, Northeast Region (1989-1994).

         Neil F. Dimick,  48, Executive Vice President,  Chief Financial Officer
(since 1992);  President,  Alternate Site  Distributors,  Inc. (since  September
1996). Mr. Dimick is also a member of the Board of Directors.

         William J. Elliott, 48, President,  Bergen Brunswig Medical Corporation
(since October 1996). Formerly Senior Vice President of Supply Chain Management,
VHA Inc. (1984-October 1996).

         Brent R. Martini,  38,  President,  Bergen Brunswig Drug Company (since
September 1996);  Executive Vice President,  Bergen Brunswig Drug Company,  West
Region  (1994-1996);  Vice  President,  Quality  Organizational  Development and
Training (1991-1994). Brent R. Martini is the son of Robert E. Martini.

         Robert E.  Martini,  65,  Chairman of the Board  (since 1992) and Chief
Executive Officer (1990-January 1997). Mr. Martini is also a member of the Board
of Directors.

         John P. Naughton,  59, Vice President and Controller of Bergen Brunswig
Drug Company since 1981.

         Donald R. Roden, 51, President  (since 1995);  Chief Executive  Officer
(since January 1997); Chief Operating Officer  (1995-December  1996); formerly a
healthcare  industry  consultant  (1993-1995);  formerly Chief Executive,  North
America of Reed Elsevier Medical (publishing)  (1989-1993).  Mr. Roden is also a
member of the Board of Directors.

         Milan A.  Sawdei,  51,  Secretary  (since  July 1992);  Executive  Vice
President (since April 1992); Chief Legal Officer (since 1989).

         Carol E. Scherman, 42, Executive Vice President, Human Resources (since
September 1996); Executive Vice President,  Human Resources (since 1994), Bergen
Brunswig Drug Company;  Vice President,  Human Resources and Associate Relations
(1993-1994); Director, Human Resources and Associate Relations (1991-1993).

         Eric J.  Schmitt,  47, Vice  President,  Finance and  Treasurer  (since
February 1994); Vice President, Financial Planning (1989-1994).




                                      I - 11
<PAGE>


                                     PART II


ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         For  certain  information  regarding  shares of the  Company's  Class A
Common Stock, including cash dividends per share, market prices per share, stock
market  information and number of shareowners,  see "Selected  Quarterly Results
(unaudited)"  as set  forth  in Part  II,  Item  8,  "Financial  Statements  and
Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report.

         On February 9, 1994,  the Board adopted a Shareowner  Rights Plan which
provides for the issuance of one Preferred  Share  Purchase Right (the "Rights")
for each  outstanding  share of Common  Stock.  The  Rights  are  generally  not
exercisable  until 10 days after a person or group (an "Acquiror")  acquires 15%
of the Common  Stock or  announces a tender offer which could result in a person
or group owning 15% or more of the Common Stock (an "Acquisition").  Each Right,
should it become  exercisable,  will entitle the owner to buy 1/100th of a share
of a new series of the Company's  Series A Junior Preferred Stock at an exercise
price of $80.00.

         In the event of an Acquisition  without the approval of the Board, each
Right will entitle the owner, other than an Acquiror, to buy at the Rights' then
current  exercise  price a number of shares of Common  Stock with a market value
equal to twice the exercise  price. In addition,  if, after an Acquisition,  the
Company were to be acquired by merger, shareowners with unexercised Rights could
purchase  common stock of the Acquiror with a value of twice the exercise  price
of the  Rights.  The Board may redeem the Rights for $0.01 per Right at any time
prior to an  Acquisition.  Unless  earlier  redeemed,  the Rights will expire on
February 18, 2004.

         Pursuant to action of the Company's Board of Directors, consummation of
the pending merger with Cardinal will not constitute an Acquisition or otherwise
trigger the exercise of Rights under the Shareowner Rights Plan.




                                     II - 1

<PAGE>


Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts
===================================================================================================================

                                                              September 30,                           August 31,
                                          ----------------------------------------------------      -------------  
Years Ended:                                   1997          1996         1995         1994(c)          1993
===================================================================================================================
<S>                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>       
Net sales and other revenues               $11,660,496    $9,942,697   $8,447,607   $7,483,801       $6,823,552

Net earnings                                    81,679(b)     73,533       63,942       56,120(d)        28,607(e)

Earnings per share (a)                            1.61(b)       1.46         1.29         1.16(d)          0.60(e)

Cash dividends per share (a):
  Class A Common                                 0.432         0.384        0.379        0.350            0.305
  Class B Common                                     -             -            -        1.597            2.904

Pre-tax margin                                    1.19%(b)      1.26%        1.30%        1.31%(d)         0.71%(e)


At Years Ended:
===================================================================================================================
Total assets                                $2,707,123    $2,489,826   $2,405,530   $1,995,057       $1,772,337
Long-term obligations                          437,956       419,275      557,771      342,094          309,781
Shareowners' equity                            644,861       578,966      519,349      461,851          417,800
Return on average shareowners' equity            13.35%(b)     13.39%       13.03%       12.76%(d)         7.04%(e)
===================================================================================================================
<FN>
(a) Gives effect to the 5-for-4 stock split declared April 24, 1997.

(b) Includes provision for merger expenses of $3.4 million, net of income tax benefit of $2.4 million, relating to the terminated
    IVAX merger.  See Item I of the Annual Report.

(c) Reflects change in year-end from August 31 to September 30.

(d) Includes gain recognized from sale of investment securities of $2.9 million, net of income tax of $2.2 million, and provision
      for an earthquake-related charge of $0.8 million, net of income tax benefit of $0.6 million.

(e) Includes provision for restructuring charge of $20.8 million, net of income tax benefit of $12.2 million.

</FN>

                                                           II - 2
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 
         CONDITION ANDRESULTS OF OPERATIONS


         Results of Operations Fiscal 1997 Compared with Fiscal 1996
         -----------------------------------------------------------

         Net sales and other  revenues  in fiscal  1997 were 17% higher  than in
fiscal 1996,  while operating  earnings and pre-tax earnings showed increases of
9% and 11%,  respectively.  Operating  earnings and pre-tax  earnings for fiscal
1997 were impacted by a pre-tax charge of $5.8 million for expenses  recorded in
the second quarter of fiscal 1997, related to the proposed merger agreement with
IVAX  which was  terminated  on March 20,  1997.  See Notes 9 and 10 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. Had the Company not recorded the $5.8 million
pre-tax charge,  operating  earnings and pre-tax  earnings for fiscal 1997 would
have increased 13% and 15%, respectively, compared to fiscal 1996.

         Substantially  all of the net  sales and other  revenues  increase  for
fiscal  1997  reflects  internal  growth  within  both  the  Company's  existing
pharmaceutical and medical-surgical supply distribution businesses.

         Earnings per share  increased 10% compared to fiscal 1996.  The average
number of common and common equivalent shares  outstanding  increased 1% for the
earnings per share computation.  The after-tax merger expenses referred to above
were equivalent to $.07 per share.

         Cost of sales  increased 17% compared to fiscal 1996, due mainly to the
Company's  increased sales levels.  The overall gross profit as a percent of net
sales and other revenues  ("gross profit margin") for fiscal 1997 decreased as a
result of a  decrease  in gross  margins  due to  continued  price  competition,
partially offset by a higher mix of sales from the Company's higher gross margin
medical-surgical  supply distribution  business.  The gross profit margin in the
Company's  pharmaceutical  distribution  business for fiscal 1997  declined 2.6%
from the prior year,  primarily  due to  competitive  factors.  The gross profit
margin in the Company's medical-surgical supply distribution business for fiscal
1997 declined  6.1% over the prior year,  primarily due to a higher mix of lower
gross   margin   acute   care   business.   In  both  the   pharmaceutical   and
medical-surgical supply distribution  industries,  it has been customary to pass
on to customers price increases from  manufacturers.  Investment  buying enables
distributors  such as the Company to benefit from  anticipated  price increases.
During  periods  of low  inflation,  which  has  occurred  the last  few  years,
wholesalers  receive less benefit from  manufacturers'  price increases but also
incur lower LIFO  charges.  The rate or frequency  of future price  increases by
manufacturers, or the lack thereof, influences the profitability of the Company.

         Management  of the Company  anticipates  further  downward  pressure on
gross  margins  in the  Company's  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  supply
distribution   businesses   during  fiscal  1998  because  of  continued   price
competition  influenced  by large  customers.  The  Company  expects  that these
pressures on operating margin may be offset to some extent by increased sales of
more profitable products,  such as generic drugs and medical-surgical  supplies,


                                      II - 3
<PAGE>


and continued  reduction of distribution,  selling,  general and  administrative
expenses  ("DSG&A") as a percentage of net sales and other revenues through more
efficient operations.

         DSG&A,  including  the expenses  associated  with the  terminated  IVAX
merger  agreement,  increased 16%, while net sales and other revenues  increased
17%. These expenses  decreased as a percent of net sales and other revenues from
4.21% in fiscal 1996 to 4.16% in fiscal 1997.  Excluding  such merger  expenses,
DSG&A in fiscal 1997 were 4.11% of net sales and other  revenues.  The decreased
DSG&A as a  percent  of net sales and other  revenues  in fiscal  1997  reflects
continued  operating  efficiencies,   including  the  positive  effects  of  the
consolidation of distribution locations.

         Net interest  expense  increased  from $30.2  million in fiscal 1996 to
$30.8 million in fiscal 1997,  primarily due to increased  borrowings  under the
the Company's $400 million Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement"),  partially
offset by  decreased  interest on the $100  million 5 5/8% Senior Notes ("5 5/8%
Notes") which were repaid on January 15, 1996.

         The effective tax rate in fiscal 1997  decreased to 41.0% from 41.3% in
fiscal  1996  reflecting  the higher  earnings  in fiscal  1997 and,  therefore,
minimizing the impact of non-deductible expenses.

         Inflation has not been a significant factor in either year. The Company
uses the LIFO method of accounting for  inventory,  which reduces the effects of
inflation by reporting the cost of products sold at approximate current cost.


         Results of Operations Fiscal 1996 Compared with Fiscal 1995
         -----------------------------------------------------------


         Net sales and other  revenues  in fiscal  1996 were 18% higher  than in
fiscal 1995,  while operating  earnings and pre-tax earnings showed increases of
11% and 14%, respectively.

         Of the 18% increase in net sales and other revenues,  approximately  2%
was  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  Colonial   Healthcare  Supply  Co.,
("Colonial")  in  August  1995.  Approximately  16% of the net  sales  and other
revenues increase  reflected  internal growth within both the Company's existing
pharmaceutical and medical-surgical supply distribution businesses.

         Earnings per share  increased 13% compared to fiscal 1995.  The average
number of common and common equivalent shares  outstanding  increased 1% for the
earnings per share computation.

         Cost of sales increased 18%, compared to fiscal 1995, due mainly to the
Company's  increased  sales  levels.  The overall gross profit margin for fiscal
1996 decreased as a result of a decrease in gross margins due to continued price
competition  and a  change  in  customer  mix  in the  Company's  pharmaceutical


                                      II - 4
<PAGE>


distribution business, partially offset by sales from the Company's higher gross
margin medical-surgical supply distribution business. The gross profit margin in
the Company's pharmaceutical distribution business for fiscal 1996 declined 3.2%
from the prior year,  primarily  due to  competitive  factors.  The gross profit
margin in the Company's medical-surgical supply distribution business for fiscal
1996 declined 11.7% over the prior year,  primarily due to a higher mix of lower
gross margin acute care business.

         DSG&A  increased  15% over  fiscal  1995,  while  net  sales  and other
revenues  increased  18% over the prior  year.  These  expenses  decreased  as a
percentage of net sales and other revenues from 4.30% in fiscal 1995 to 4.21% in
fiscal 1996. The decreased DSG&A as a percentage of net sales and other revenues
in  fiscal  1996  reflected  continued  operating  efficiencies,  including  the
positive effects of the continuing  consolidation of distribution divisions into
larger regional distribution centers, partially offset by increased DSG&A in the
Company's medical-surgical supply distribution business,  principally due to the
acquisition of Colonial.

         Net interest  expense  decreased  from $30.5  million in fiscal 1995 to
$30.2 million in fiscal 1996,  primarily due to decreased interest on the 5 5/8%
Notes which were repaid on January 15, 1996, and decreased  borrowings under the
Credit  Agreement,  partially  offset by interest on the 7 1/4% Senior Notes due
June 1, 2005 ("7 1/4% Notes"), which were issued June 1, 1995.

         The effective  tax rate in fiscal 1996  decreased to 41.30% from 41.60%
in fiscal 1995  reflecting  the higher  earnings in fiscal 1996 and,  therefore,
minimizing the impact of non-deductible expenses.



         Liquidity and Capital Resources
         -------------------------------

         At  September  30, 1997,  capitalization  consisted of 39% debt and 61%
equity,  as compared to 41% and 59%,  respectively,  at September 30, 1996.  The
decreased debt percentage  primarily reflects an increase in shareowners' equity
of $65.9  million  offset by increased  borrowings  under the Credit  Agreement.
Borrowings  under the Credit Agreement were $140.0 million and $120.0 million at
September 30, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Cash and cash  equivalents of $54.5
million at September  30, 1997,  increased  from $21.4  million at September 30,
1996,  primarily  as a  result  of an  increase  in cash  flows  from  operating
activities  principally due to the Company's profitable operations and increased
borrowings  under the Credit  Agreement,  partially  offset by increases in both
accounts  receivable and  investment in  inventories  (net of increases in trade
accounts payable).

         The Company filed a shelf  registration  statement  with the Securities
and  Exchange   Commission  which  became  effective  on  March  27,  1996.  The
registration  statement allows the Company to sell senior and subordinated  debt
or equity  securities to the public from time to time up to an aggregate maximum
principal  amount of $400 million.  The Company  intends to use the net proceeds


                                      II - 5
<PAGE>


from the sale of any such securities for general corporate  purposes,  which may
include, without limitation,  the repayment of indebtedness of the Company or of
any of its subsidiaries, possible acquisitions, capital expenditures and working
capital needs. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

         The Company's  Credit  Agreement  provides for maximum  borrowing up to
$400  million  and has loan  covenants  which  require  the  Company to maintain
certain  financial  statement  ratios.  The  Company is in  compliance  with all
required  ratios at  September  30,  1997.  See Note 2 of Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

         On April 24, 1997,  the Company  declared a 5-for-4  stock split on the
Company's Class A Common Stock, which was paid on June 2, 1997 to shareowners of
record on May 5, 1997.

         Dividends on Class A Common Stock  amounted to $21.7  million in fiscal
1997 compared to $19.2 million in fiscal 1996, and $18.8 million in fiscal 1995,
reflecting,  primarily, a 20% increase in the quarterly dividend rate during the
second  quarter of fiscal  1997.  While the Company has no policy with regard to
the payment of dividends, during the three-year period ended September 30, 1997,
dividends have averaged 27% of earnings.

         Capital  expenditures  for fiscal  1997 were $23.8  million and related
principally to additional investments in existing locations,  the acquisition of
automated  warehouse  equipment and additional  investments  in data  processing
equipment.

         The Company's  working  capital of $531.2 million at September 30, 1997
increased from the $440.6 million at September 30, 1996 and  represented  20% of
total assets at September  30, 1997.  The  Company's  current  ratio was 1.33 at
September 30, 1997,  compared to 1.30 at September 30, 1996.  Trade  receivables
outstanding,  net of customer credit balances, were 15 days for both fiscal 1997
and fiscal 1996.  The inventory  turnover rate on first-in,  first-out  ("FIFO")
basis was 7.7 times for fiscal 1997 and 7.0 times for fiscal 1996.

         The  Company  relies  heavily on  computer  technology  throughout  its
businesses to effectively carry out its day-to-day operations. As the millennium
approaches,  the Company is assessing all of its computer systems to ensure that
they are "Year  2000"-compliant.  In this process,  the Company  expects to both
replace some systems and upgrade  others which are not Year  2000-compliant,  in
order to meet its internal needs and those of its customers. The Company expects
its Year 2000 project to be completed on a timely basis.  However,  there can be
no assurance  that the systems of other  companies on which the Company may rely
also will be timely converted or that such failure to convert by another company
would not have an adverse effect on the Company's systems.  To date, the Company
has spent approximately $1.5 million on the Year 2000 project.  Costs related to



                                      II - 6
<PAGE>


this project will continue  through  calendar 1999. These costs are difficult to
estimate accurately and they will not necessarily be incremental.  The Company's
stated expectations  regarding its Year 2000 project constitute  forward-looking
statements.   Actual  results  could  differ   materially   from  the  Company's
expectations due to  unanticipated  technological  difficulties,  project vendor
delays and project vendor cost overruns.  Reference is made to the  introductory
paragraph of this Annual Report and Exhibit 99(a) hereto.

         The Company believes that internally  generated funds,  funds available
under the existing Credit  Agreement and funds  potentially  available under the
existing  shelf  registration  will be sufficient to meet  anticipated  cash and
capital needs.

         On November  18,  1997,  the  Company  signed an  agreement  to acquire
substantially  all  of the  net  assets  of  Besse  Medical  Services,  Inc.,  a
privately-held  distributor of injectables,  diagnostics  and medical  supplies.
Under the agreement,  the Company would pay approximately $20.0 million in cash,
plus estimated expenses, and assume certain liabilities. See Note 12 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

         On August 23, 1997,  the Company signed a definitive  merger  agreement
with  Cardinal,  a distributor  of  pharmaceuticals  and provider of value-added
pharmaceutical-  related  services,  headquartered  in Dublin,  Ohio. The merger
agreement, which has been unanimously approved by the Boards of Directors of the
Company and Cardinal,  calls for the Company to become a wholly-owned subsidiary
of  Cardinal.  The combined  company is expected to be known as Cardinal  Bergen
Health, Inc. and would be headquartered in Dublin,  Ohio. Under the terms of the
proposed  merger,  shareowners  of the Company would receive 0.775 of a Cardinal
Common Share in exchange for each  outstanding  share of the  Company's  Class A
Common Stock. Cardinal would issue approximately 40 million Common Shares in the
transaction   and  would  assume  the   Company's   long-term   debt  which  was
approximately  $418.2  million  at  September  30,  1997.  The merger of the two
companies has been  structured as a tax-free  transaction and would be accounted
for as a pooling of interests for financial  reporting  purposes.  The merger is
currently  expected to be completed  by the end of the second  quarter of fiscal
1998, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,  including approvals by
the  Company's  shareowners  and  Cardinal's  shareholders,  and the  receipt of
certain regulatory approvals.

         On March 20, 1997,  the Company  announced  that it had  terminated its
previously  announced merger agreement with IVAX. See Notes 9 and 10 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.



         Accounting Pronoucements
         ------------------------

         During  fiscal  1997,  the  Company  adopted   Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of". This standard
requires  recognition  of  impairment  losses on  long-lived  assets and certain
identifiable   intangibles,   including  goodwill,  used  in  operations,   when
indications of impairment are present and the undiscounted  cash flows estimated
to be generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying  amount.  The


                                      II - 7
<PAGE>


adoption of this new  standard did not have a material  effect on the  Company's
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 1
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

         During  fiscal  1997,  the Company  also  adopted  the  disclosure-only
provisions  of SFAS No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation."  No
compensation  cost has been  recognized  for the  Company's  stock option plans.
Therefore, adoption of this standard had no effect on the Company's consolidated
financial position,  results of operations or cash flows. See Note 3 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

         During fiscal 1997, the Company also adopted SFAS No. 125,  "Accounting
for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and   Extinguishments  of
Liabilities,"  which requires  recognition of financial  assets and liabilities,
including receivables sold with recourse, using a financial-components  approach
which focuses on control of the assets transferred.  This standard was effective
for  transfers  and  servicing  of  financial  assets  and   extinguishments  of
liabilities occurring after December 31, 1996. The adoption of this new standard
did not have a material effect on the consolidated  financial  statements of the
Company.

         In February 1997,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")
issued SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share (EPS)," which will require the Company
to  disclose  basic  EPS and  diluted  EPS for all  periods  for which an income
statement is presented,  and which will replace disclosure  currently being made
for primary  EPS and  fully-diluted  EPS.  The Company is required to adopt this
standard  in its  quarter  ended  December  31,  1997.  See  Note 5 of  Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for pro forma  disclosure  of basic EPS and
diluted EPS for the three years ended September 30, 1997.

         In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS 130"), which establishes  standards for the reporting and display
of  comprehensive  income and its components in financial  statements.  This new
statement  defines  comprehensive  income as "all  changes  in  equity  during a
period, with the exception of stock issuances and dividends."

         In June 1997,  the FASB also issued SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information"  ("SFAS 131") which requires
companies  to define and report  financial  and  descriptive  information  on an
annual and quarterly  basis about their operating  segments.  This new statement
also establishes  standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers.

         Both SFAS 130 and SFAS 131 will be adopted by the Company's in its 1999
fiscal year. Management believes the adoption of these standards will not have a
material effect on the Company's  consolidated  financial  position,  results of
operations or cash flows, and any effect will be limited to the form and content
of its disclosures.


                                      II - 8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

Item 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

          a.     Supplementary Data
<CAPTION>

SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS (unaudited)
Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts
====================================================================================================================================
                                                 First              Second           Third          Fourth            Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 1997                   Quarter             Quarter          Quarter        Quarter           Year
====================================================================================================================================
<S>                                              <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>             <C>        
Net sales and other revenues                     $2,822,122      $2,890,457       $2,927,874        $3,020,043      $11,660,496
Gross margin                                        153,976         169,664          158,981           171,810          654,431
Net earnings                                         18,178           0,505(b)        22,224            20,772           81,679

Earnings per share (a)                                 0.36            0.40(b)          0.44              0.41             1.61
Cash dividends per Class A Common share (a)           0.096           0.096            0.120             0.120            0.432

Market prices per Class A Common share (a)   $26 3/8-20 3/4      $26 5/8-22       $31-22 1/2   $45 3/4-28 1/16   $45 3/4-20 3/4


Year Ended September 30, 1996
====================================================================================================================================
Net sales and other revenues                     $2,377,362      $2,454,360       $2,492,194        $2,618,781       $9,942,697
Gross margin                                        134,227         147,883          144,892           146,802          573,804
Net earnings                                         15,627          20,389           19,195            18,322           73,533

Earnings per share (a)                                 0.31            0.41             0.38              0.36             1.46
Cash dividends per Class A Common share (a)           0.096           0.096            0.096             0.096            0.384

Market prices per Class A Common share (a)   $20 3/4-16 3/8  $21 7/8-19 1/4   $22 3/4-20 1/4        $26-19 3/4       $26-16 3/8
====================================================================================================================================

<FN>
(a) Gives effect to the 5=for=4 stock split declared April 24, 1997.
(b) Includes provision for merger expenses of $3.4 million, net of income tax benefit of $2.4 million, relating to the termination
    of the proposed IVAX merger.

    Bergen Brunswig Corporation Class A Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange.  There were approximately 2,300 Class
    A Common Stock shareowners of record on September 30, 1997.
</FN>


                                                                              II - 9

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

          b.     Financial Statements

<CAPTION>
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS AND RETAINED EARNINGS

Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts
==========================================================================================

Years Ended September 30,                   1997              1996                1995
==========================================================================================
<S>                                        <C>               <C>               <C>       
CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS

Net sales and other revenues               $11,660,496       $9,942,697        $8,447,607
                                           ----------------------------------------------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales                             11,006,065         9,368,893        7,944,396
  Distribution, selling, general and
    administrative expenses                    479,399           418,364          363,179
  Merger expenses                                5,800                 -                -
                                           ----------------------------------------------
    Total costs and expenses                11,491,264         9,787,257        8,307,575
                                           ----------------------------------------------
Operating earnings                             169,232           155,440          140,032
Net interest expense                            30,793            30,170           30,542
                                           ----------------------------------------------
Earnings before taxes on income                138,439           125,270          109,490
Taxes on income                                 56,760            51,737           45,548
                                           ----------------------------------------------
Net earnings                               $    81,679       $    73,533       $   63,942
                                           ==============================================


EARNINGS PER COMMON AND
     COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE               $        1.61     $        1.46     $     1.29
                                           ==============================================


CONSOLIDATED RETAINED EARNINGS

Balance at beginning of year                $  432,580       $  378,229        $  378,867
Net earnings                                    81,679           73,533            63,942
5% stock dividend on Class A Common Stock            -                -           (44,207)
Excess cost of Treasury shares issued
     for an acquisition                              -                -            (1,579)
Cash dividends on Class A Common Stock
     ($0.432 in 1997, $0.384 in 1996 and
     $0.379 in 1995 per share)                 (21,694)         (19,182)          (18,794)
                                           ----------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year                      $  492,565       $  432,580        $  378,229
                                           ==============================================


=========================================================================================
<FN>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>


                                                   II - 10
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Dollars in thousands
=======================================================================================

September 30,                                                     1997          1996
=======================================================================================
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>       
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                    $   54,494    $   21,408
  Short-term investments                                            2,786             -
  Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance for
    doubtful receivables: 1997, $29,022; 1996, $23,459            772,342       667,255
  Inventories                                                   1,309,359     1,220,975
  Income taxes receivable                                           6,628        13,915
  Prepaid expenses                                                  9,866         8,656
                                                               ------------------------
      Total current assets                                      2,155,475     1,932,209
                                                               ------------------------



Property - at cost:
  Land                                                             12,602        12,452
  Buildings and leasehold improvements                             83,829        79,048
  Equipment and fixtures                                          173,875       163,827
                                                               ------------------------
    Total property                                                270,306       255,327
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                  131,944       112,600
                                                               ------------------------
      Property - net                                              138,362       142,727
                                                               ------------------------



Other assets:
  Excess of cost over net assets of acquired companies - net      329,100       339,030
  Other investments                                                 5,895         5,161
  Noncurrent receivables                                           12,651         9,939
  Deferred charges and other assets                                65,640        60,760
                                                               ------------------------
      Total other assets                                          413,286       414,890
                                                               ------------------------
      Total assets                                             $2,707,123    $2,489,826
                                                               ========================



========================================================================================
<FN>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>


                                                  II - 11

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Dollars in thousands

=======================================================================================

September 30,                                                     1997          1996
=======================================================================================
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                             $1,336,070    $1,249,167
  Accrued liabilities                                              82,070        92,005
  Customer credit balances                                        176,864       133,282
  Deferred income taxes                                            28,281        16,006
  Current portion of long-term obligations                          1,021         1,125
                                                               ------------------------
      Total current liabilities                                 1,624,306     1,491,585
                                                               ------------------------
Long-term obligations:
  7 3/8% senior notes                                             149,411       149,300
  7 1/4% senior notes                                              99,732        99,696
  Revolving bank loan payable                                     140,000       120,000
  7% convertible subordinated debentures                           20,609        20,609
  6 7/8% exchangeable subordinated debentures                       8,425         8,425
  Deferred income taxes                                             1,791         3,489
  Other                                                            17,988        17,756
                                                               ------------------------
    Total long-term obligations                                   437,956       419,275
                                                               ------------------------
Shareowners' equity:
  Capital stock:
    Preferred - Authorized 3,000,000 shares; issued: none               -             -
    Class A Common - Authorized 100,000,000 shares;
      issued: 1997, 55,870,183 shares; 1996, 55,521,175 shares     83,805        83,282
  Paid-in capital                                                 156,361       150,652
  Net unrealized gain on investments, net of income
    tax of: 1997, $260; 1996, $231                                    409           363
  Retained earnings                                               492,565       432,580
                                                               ------------------------
      Total                                                       733,140       666,877
  Less Treasury shares, at cost: 1997, 5,454,983 shares;
      1996, 5,443,198 shares                                       88,279        87,911
                                                               -------------------------
      Total shareowners' equity                                   644,861       578,966
                                                               ------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareowners' equity                $2,707,123    $2,489,826
                                                               ========================


=======================================================================================

<FN>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>

                                                  II - 12

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

Dollars in thousands
================================================================================================================

Years Ended September 30,                                                    1997          1996         1995
================================================================================================================
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>      
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
- --------------------
Net earnings                                                               $  81,679    $  73,533    $  63,942
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash flows
  from operating activities:
    Provision for doubtful accounts                                           11,899        8,213        5,810
    Depreciation and amortization of property                                 26,919       25,183       21,474
    (Gain) loss on dispositions of property                                     (382)          12        1,570
    Amortization of customer lists                                             1,749        1,749        1,749
    Amortization of excess of cost over net assets of acquired companies       9,709        9,647        9,003
    Amortization of other intangible assets                                    2,232        1,645        1,748
    Amortization of original issue discount on senior notes                      147          162          180
    Deferred compensation                                                      2,266        2,242        1,394
    Deferred income taxes                                                     10,577        9,070        3,178
    Effects of changes, net of acquisitions:
      Receivables                                                           (103,814)     (76,926)     (74,683)
      Inventories                                                            (88,384)     (60,699)    (225,555)
      Income taxes receivable                                                  7,287       (9,114)      (2,514)
      Prepaid expenses and other assets                                       (8,043)      (5,985)        (423)
      Accounts payable                                                        86,903      108,701      129,553
      Accrued liabilities                                                     (9,935)       2,252      (31,223)
      Customer credit balances                                                43,582       38,516       11,979
                                                                           -----------------------------------
        Net cash flows from operating activities                              74,391      128,201      (82,818)
                                                                           -----------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
- --------------------
Property acquisitions                                                        (23,806)     (16,696)     (41,078)
Proceeds from dispositions of property                                         1,634        1,833        7,228
(Purchase) sale of other investments                                          (3,447)        (327)      17,824
Repurchase of notes receivable with recourse                                 (17,740)           -            -
Proceeds from sale of notes receivable with recourse                           1,856        7,712       13,791
Acquisition of businesses, less cash acquired                                      -       (5,999)     (50,983)
                                                                           -----------------------------------
        Net cash flows from investing activities                             (41,503)     (13,477)     (53,218)
                                                                           -----------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
- --------------------
Proceeds from revolving bank loan                                             20,000            -      119,000
Repayment of revolving bank loan                                                   -      (39,000)           -
Repayment of senior notes                                                          -     (100,000)           -
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes                                             -            -       99,650
Redemption of convertible subordinated debentures                                  -         (305)         (20)
Redemption of exchangeable subordinated debentures                                 -       (2,150)           -
Repayment of other obligations                                                (3,972)      (2,565)      (6,556)
Increase in other obligations                                                      -          902            -
Shareowners' equity transactions:
  Exercise of stock options                                                    5,786        4,584        1,892
  Cash dividends on Common Stock                                             (21,694)     (19,182)     (18,794)
  Acquisition of Treasury shares                                                 (36)           -            -
  Other                                                                          114            -            -
                                                                           -----------------------------------
        Net cash flows from financing activities                                 198     (157,716)     195,172
                                                                           -----------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                          33,086      (42,992)      59,136
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                21,408       64,400        5,264
                                                                           -----------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                   $  54,494    $  21,408    $  64,400
                                                                           ===================================

================================================================================================================
<FN>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>

                                                          II - 13

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the Years Ended September 30, 1997, 1996, and 1995


1.       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

         The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of Bergen
Brunswig Corporation and its subsidiaries (the "Company"),  after elimination of
the effect of intercompany transactions and balances.  Certain reclassifications
have been made in the consolidated  financial statements and notes to conform to
1997 presentations.

         The preparation of the Company's  consolidated  financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles  necessarily  requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and  liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at
the balance sheet dates and the reported  amounts of revenue and expense  during
the reporting  periods.  Actual  results  could differ from these  estimates and
assumptions.

         The Company  records  revenues  when product is shipped or services are
provided to its customers.

         Net sales and other revenues include service fees of $1.4 million, $1.1
million and $5.4 million for the years ended September 30, 1997, 1996, and 1995,
respectively,  related  to bulk  shipments  of  pharmaceuticals.  Bulk  shipment
transactions  are  arranged by the  Company  with its  suppliers  at the express
direction  of the  customer,  and involve  either  shipments  from the  supplier
directly to customers'  warehouse  sites or shipments of customer bulk orders to
Company warehouses for immediate  shipments to customers'  warehouse sites. Bulk
sales of  pharmaceuticals  do not impact the Company's  inventory  levels in any
respect, since the Company merely processes the orders that it receives from its
customers directly to the applicable suppliers. Because the nature of these bulk
sales are significantly different,  both in terms of the processing involved and
the financial return to the Company, as compared with the Company's  traditional
wholesaling  activities,  and because the approach of including the gross amount
of such sales in the Company's  revenues would make it more difficult to analyze
the Company's  traditional revenues from wholesaling  activities,  cost of sales
and gross margins,  the Company presents such sales on a net basis.  Service fee
income from bulk sales was not material to the  Company's  overall  gross profit
for the years ended September 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995.  Service fee income from
bulk sales was $1.4  million,  $1.1 million and $5.4 million for the years ended
September  30,  1997,  1996  and  1995,  respectively.  As a  percentage  of the
Company's  total gross profit,  such income  amounted to .21%, .19% and 1.06% of
overall  gross profit for the years ended  September  30,  1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively.

         The Company considers all highly-liquid debt instruments purchased with
an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Short-term
investments  include debt  instruments,  principally  variable rate demand notes
having  maturities  of more than  three  months  but less  than one year.  Other
investments  consist  of equity  securities  and are  classified  as  noncurrent
assets.


                                      II - 14
<PAGE>


         The  Company  has  classified  its   investments  in  debt  and  equity
securities as "available for sale"  securities and has reported such investments
at fair value,  with  unrealized  gains and losses  excluded from earnings,  and
reported as a separate  component of  shareowners'  equity.  Realized  gains and
losses on investments are determined by the specific  identification  method and
are included in net earnings.  Such unrealized gains and losses at September 30,
1997,  1996 and 1995 and realized gains and losses for the years then ended were
not material.

         Inventories  are valued at the lower of cost or market,  determined  on
the last-in,  first-out  (LIFO)  method.  If the Company had used the  first-in,
first-out  (FIFO)  method of inventory  valuation,  which  approximates  current
replacement cost,  inventories would have been higher than reported at September
30, 1997, by $136.4 million, and at September 30, 1996, by $144.1 million.

         Depreciation and amortization of property are computed principally on a
straight-line basis over estimated useful lives. Generally, the estimated useful
lives are 15 to 40 years for buildings and leasehold  improvements,  and 3 to 10
years for equipment and fixtures.

         The  excess  of cost  over net  assets of  acquired  companies  (net of
accumulated  amortization of $57.3 million at September 30, 1997;  $47.6 million
at September 30, 1996) is amortized on a straight-line basis principally over 40
years.  Customer  lists,  included in deferred  charges and other assets,  ($7.1
million at September 30, 1997, net of accumulated amortization of $19.1 million;
$8.8 million at September 30, 1996,  net of  accumulated  amortization  of $17.4
million) are  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over 15 years.  During fiscal
1997, the Company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS")
No. 121,  "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of. " This  standard  requires  recognition  of impairment
losses on  long-lived  assets and certain  identifiable  intangibles,  including
goodwill, used in operations, when indications of impairment are present and the
undiscounted  cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than
the assets'  carrying  amount.  At each balance sheet date,  management  reviews
tangible  and  intangible  assets  for  possible  impairment  based  on  several
criteria,  including,  but not limited to, sales trends,  undiscounted operating
cash flows and other  operating  factors.  The adoption of this new standard did
not have a material  effect on the Company's  consolidated  financial  position,
results of operations or cash flows.

         Noncurrent  receivables  include notes  receivable  from  employees and
officers due at the Company's  discretion in the amount of $4.9 million and $3.6
million at September 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         During fiscal 1997, the Company also adopted SFAS No. 125,  "Accounting
for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and   Extinguishments  of
Liabilities,"  which requires  recognition of financial  assets and liabilities,
including receivables sold with recourse, using a financial-components  approach
which focuses on control of the assets transferred.  This standard was effective
for  transfers  and  servicing  of  financial  assets  and   extinguishments  of
liabilities occurring after December 31, 1996. The adoption of this new standard


                                      II - 15
<PAGE>


did not have a material effect on the consolidated  financial  statements of the
Company.

         In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS 130") which  establishes  standards for the reporting and display
of  comprehensive  income and its components in financial  statements.  This new
statement  defines  comprehensive  income as "all  changes  in  equity  during a
period, with the exception of stock issuances and dividends."

         In June 1997,  the FASB also issued SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information"  ("SFAS 131") which requires
companies  to define and report  financial  and  descriptive  information  on an
annual and quarterly  basis about their operating  segments.  This new statement
also establishes  standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers.

         Both SFAS 130 and SFAS 131 will be adopted in the Company's 1999 fiscal
year as required.  Management  believes the adoption of these standards will not
have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results
of  operations  or cash  flows,  and any effect  will be limited to the form and
content of its disclosures.


2.       Borrowing Arrangements

         On  March  15,  1996,  the  Company's  credit  agreement  (the  "Credit
Agreement")  with a group of domestic  and foreign  banks was amended to,  among
other  things,  increase  the  maximum  borrowing  to $400  million,  extend the
maturity date to March 15, 2001, and allow borrowing under discretionary  credit
lines  ("discretionary  lines")  outside  of the  Credit  Agreement.  Borrowings
outstanding  under the Credit Agreement were $140 million at September 30, 1997.
The  maximum  outstanding   borrowings  under  the  Credit  Agreement  including
discretionary lines for the year ended September 30, 1997 were $393 million. The
Credit  Agreement  has loan  covenants  which  require  the  Company to maintain
certain  financial  statement  ratios.  The  Company is in  compliance  with all
required ratios at September 30, 1997.

         On May 23,  1995,  the Company sold $100  million  aggregate  principal
amount of 7 1/4% Senior Notes due June 1, 2005 (the "7 1/4% Notes").  On June 1,
1995,  the Company  received net proceeds of $99.0 million  (after  underwriting
discount of $0.6 million)  from the 7 1/4% Notes.  The net proceeds were used to
reduce the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement.  On January 14, 1993,
the Company sold $100 million aggregate  principal amount of 5 5/8% Senior Notes
due January 15, 1996 (the "5 5/8% Notes") and $150 million  aggregate  principal
amount of 7 3/8% Senior  Notes due January  15,  2003 (the "7 3/8%  Notes").  On
January 15, 1996, the Company repaid the $100 million aggregate principal amount
of the 5 5/8% Notes  plus  accrued  interest.  The 7 1/4% Notes and 7 3/8% Notes
were issued pursuant to the $400 million shelf registration filed by the Company
in December 1992 and are not  redeemable  prior to maturity and are not entitled
to any sinking fund.  Interest on the 7 1/4% Notes is payable  semi-annually  on
June 1 and  December  1 of each  year.  Interest  on the 7 3/8% Notes is payable


                                      II - 16
<PAGE>


semi-annually  on January 15 and July 15 of each year. The carrying value of the
7 1/4% Notes and 7 3/8% Notes represents gross proceeds plus amortization of the
original issue discount ratably over the life of each issue.

         The Company filed a shelf  registration  statement  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  which  became  effective  on  March  27,  1996.  The
registration  statement allows the Company to sell senior and subordinated  debt
or equity securities to the public from time to time, up to an aggregate maximum
principal  amount of $400 million.  The Company  intends to use the net proceeds
from the sale of any such securities for general corporate  purposes,  which may
include, without limitation,  the repayment of indebtedness of the Company or of
any of its subsidiaries, possible acquisitions, capital expenditures and working
capital  needs.  Pending such  application,  the net proceeds may be temporarily
invested in short-term securities.  No offering has occurred since the effective
date of the the registration statement. Any offering of such securities shall be
made only by means of prospectus.

         In July 1986, the Company  issued $43.0 million of 6 7/8%  Exchangeable
Subordinated Debentures due July 2011 (the "6 7/8% Debentures") and during March
1990,  $32.1 million  principal amount of the 6 7/8% Debentures was tendered and
purchased  pursuant to an offer from the Company.  On July 15, 1996, the Company
elected to redeem an additional  $2.2 million of principal  amount of the 6 7/8%
Debentures  plus accrued  interest.  Between  March 1990 and July 15,  1996,  an
additional  $0.3  million  aggregate  principal  amount had been  redeemed.  The
remaining  unredeemed 6 7/8% Debentures  receive interest on January 15 and July
15 of each year.

         In connection  with the acquisition of  Durr-Fillauer  Medical Inc. and
subsidiaries  ("Durr") in September  1992, the Company  assumed $69.0 million of
Durr's  7%  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  due  March 1,  2006  (the "7%
Debentures").  The  acquisition  of Durr by the Company  resulted in each holder
receiving the right,  at such  holder's  option,  to require Durr to redeem,  on
November 22, 1992,  all or any portion of such holder's 7%  Debentures  for cash
equal to the  principal  amount  plus all accrued  interest  to that date.  As a
result,  the  Company  redeemed  $45.6  million  aggregate  principal  amount on
November  23,  1992.  Since  that  date an  additional  $2.8  million  aggregate
principal  amount has been  redeemed.  The  remaining  unredeemed  7% Debentures
receive interest on March 1 and September 1 of each year.

         Cash paid for  interest  was $32.1  million,  $31.3  million  and $28.4
million in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.

         Scheduled future principal payments of long-term obligations, excluding
deferred income taxes,  for the next five fiscal years are $1.0 million in 1998,
$5.0 million in 1999, $0.9 million in 2000,  $141.0 million in 2001, $.8 million
in 2002, and $288.5 million thereafter.





                                      II - 17
<PAGE>


3.       Capital Stock, Paid-in Capital and Stock Options

         The  authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists of  100,000,000
shares of Class A Common Stock,  par value $1.50 per share (the "Common Stock");
and  3,000,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock  without  nominal  or par value (the
"Preferred Stock").

         The Board of  Directors  (the  "Board")  is  authorized  to divide  the
Preferred  Stock into one or more series and to determine  the relative  rights,
preferences and limitations of the shares of any such series.  In addition,  the
Board may give the Preferred Stock (or any series) special, limited, multiple or
no voting rights.

         Subject to the preferences and other rights of the Preferred Stock, the
Common  Stock may receive  stock or cash  dividends as declared by the Board and
each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share at every meeting of
shareowners.  In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Company,  after payment to the owners of the  Preferred  Stock of
the full  amounts to which  they have a  liquidation  preference,  the owners of
Common  Stock  shall be entitled  to receive a  distribution  of all assets then
remaining.

         On February 9, 1994,  the Board adopted a Shareowner  Rights Plan which
provides for the issuance of one Preferred  Share  Purchase Right (the "Rights")
for each  outstanding  share of Common  Stock.  The  Rights  are  generally  not
exercisable until 10 days after a person or group  ("Acquiror")  acquires 15% of
the Common  Stock or  announces a tender offer which could result in a person or
group  owning 15% or more of the Common  Stock (an  "Acquisition").  Each Right,
should it become  exercisable,  will entitle the owner to buy 1/100th of a share
of a new series of the Company's  Series A Junior Preferred Stock at an exercise
price of $80.00.

         In the event of an Acquisition  without the approval of the Board, each
Right will  entitle  the owner,  other than an  Acquiror,  to buy at the Rights'
then-current  exercise  price a number of shares of Common  Stock  with a market
value equal to twice the exercise price. In addition,  if, after an Acquisition,
the Company were to be acquired by merger,  shareowners with unexercised  Rights
could  purchase  common stock of the Acquiror with a value of twice the exercise
price of the Rights.  The Board may redeem the Rights for $0.01 per Right at any
time prior to an Acquisition. Unless earlier redeemed, the Rights will expire on
February 18, 2004.

         Pursuant to action of the Company's Board of Directors, consummation of
the pending merger with Cardinal Health,  Inc.  ("Cardinal")  (see Note 12) will
not constitute an Acquisition or otherwise  trigger the exercise of Rights under
the Shareowner Rights Plan.

         On April 24, 1997,  the Company  declared a 5-for-4  stock split on the
Company's  Class A Common Stock which was paid on June 2, 1997 to shareowners of
record on May 5, 1997.  Share and per share amounts included in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements and notes are based on the increased number of
shares giving retroactive effect to the stock dividend.



                                      II - 18
<PAGE>


         Changes in Class A Common Stock,  Paid-in  capital and Treasury  shares
for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1997, 1996, and 1995 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Class A Common        Paid-in    Treasury
     Dollars and shares in thousands                     Shares     Amount      Capital     Shares
    ================================================================================================
    <S>                                                  <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       
     Balance, September 30, 1994
       as previously reported                             44,059    $66,088    $155,079   $(138,183)
     1997 5-for-4 Class A Common Stock split              11,015     16,523     (16,523)          -
                                                       --------------------------------------------
     Balance, September 30, 1994 as adjusted              55,074     82,611     138,556    (138,183)
     5% Class A Common Stock dividend                          -          -       5,996      38,185
     Exercise of stock options                               155        232       1,955        (295)
     Acquisition of Biddle & Cowther Company                   -          -           -      12,382
                                                       --------------------------------------------
     Balance, September 30, 1995                          55,229     82,843     146,507     (87,911)
     Exercise of stock options                               292        439       4,145           -
                                                       ---------------------------------------------
     Balance, September 30, 1996                          55,521     83,282     150,652     (87,911)
     Exercise of stock options                               344        515       5,603        (332)
     Acquisition of Treasury shares                            -          -           -         (36)
     Other                                                     5          8         106           -
                                                       --------------------------------------------
     Balance, September 30, 1997                          55,870    $83,805    $156,361   $ (88,279)
                                                       ============================================
</TABLE>


         At  September  30,  1997,  there were  outstanding  options to purchase
57,395 shares of Class A Common Stock, under a 1983 stock option plan, at prices
per share  not less than the fair  market  value on the dates the  options  were
granted. No additional options may be granted under this plan.

         The Company has an amended and restated 1989 stock incentive plan which
authorizes  the granting of stock  options to officers,  key employees and other
recipients to purchase  shares of Class A Common Stock within a ten-year  period
from  date of  grant at such  price  per  share  as may be set by the  Company's
Compensation/Stock  Option  Committee.  The number of shares available for grant
under the plan is  formula-based,  providing that, upon certain  conditions,  no
more than 1% of the number of issued shares at the immediately  preceding fiscal
year-end may be added to the shares  available  for the grant pool in any fiscal
year to this class of  optionees.  Stock  option  grants are also  available  to
nonemployee directors and only at a price per share equal to the market value on
the grant date. At September 30, 1997,  there were 213,503 shares  available for
grant under the plan, with 109,130 shares specifically  reserved for nonemployee
directors.

         Stock  appreciation  rights  may  be  offered  to  some  or  all of the
employees,  but not nonemployee  directors,  who hold or receive options granted
under the stock option plans. No stock  appreciation  rights were outstanding as
of September 30, 1997, 1996, or 1995.

         The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  ("SFAS 123"). No compensation  cost
has been recognized for the Company's stock option plans. Had compensation  cost
for the Company's 1989 stock  incentive plan been  determined  based on the fair
value at the grant date for grants in fiscal  1997 and  fiscal  1996  consistent
with the provisions of SFAS 123,


                                      II - 19
<PAGE>


         the   Company's  net  earnings  and  earnings  per  common  and  common
equivalent  share  would have been  reduced to the pro forma  amounts  indicated
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1997               1996
         ===========================================================================
                                        (in thousands, except for per share amounts)
         <S>                                       <C>                 <C>    
         Net earnings - as reported                $81,679             $73,533
         Net earnings - pro forma                  $80,474             $73,000
         Earnings per common and common
          equivalent share - as reported           $  1.61             $  1.46
         Earnings per common and common
          equivalent share - pro forma             $  1.59             $  1.45

</TABLE>

         The fair value of options  granted under the 1989 stock  incentive plan
during  fiscal  1997 and fiscal  1996 were used to  calculate  the pro forma net
earnings  and  earnings per common and common  equivalent  share  above,  on the
various grant dates,  using a binomial  option=pricing  model with the following
weighted average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997               1996
         ===========================================================================
         <S>                                     <C>                <C> 
         Dividend yield                            2.0%               2.0%
         Expected volatility                      36.6%              31.7%
         Risk=free interest rate                   5.9%               5.8%
         Expected life                             4 years            4 years
         Fair value of grants                     $8.29              $5.80

</TABLE>


         Changes  in the number of shares  represented  by  outstanding  options
during the years ended  September  30, 1997,  1996,  and 1995 are  summarized as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997                  1996                  1995
                                                =====================  ===================   ===================
                                                            Weighted              Weighted              Weighted
                                                  Actual     Average    Actual     Average    Actual     Average
         =======================================================================================================
         <S>                                     <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>   
         Outstanding at beginning of year        2,361,783   $16.01    1,761,368   $13.16   1,603,729    $13.07
         Options granted ($12.00 to
           $29.15 per share)                       393,753   $25.71      943,750   $20.24     399,375    $12.55
         Options exercised ($5.94 to
           $20.80 per share)                      (344,171)  $12.67     (292,332)  $12.64    (158,040)   $11.00
         Options cancelled ($5.94 to
           $26.00 per share)                      (177,573)  $17.00      (51,003)  $14.99     (83,696)   $12.82
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------
         Outstanding at end of year
           (1997, $5.94 to $29.15 per share)     2,233,792   $18.26    2,361,783   $16.01   1,761,368    $13.16
                                                ===============================================================

         Exercisable at end of year              1,290,796               833,415              711,825
                                                ==========               =======              =======

         Available for grant at end of year        213,503               443,203              839,385
                                                ==========               =======              =======
</TABLE>


                                      II - 20
<PAGE>


         The following table summarizes  information  concerning outstanding and
exercisable options at September 30, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Options Outstanding        Options Exercisable
                                                           -------------------------------  ---------------------
                                                                       Weighted
                                                                        Average   Weighted              Weighted
                                                                       Remaining   Average               Average
                                                             Number   Contractual Exercise    Number    Exercise
         Range of exercise prices                          Outstanding   Life       Price   Exercisable   Price
         =======================================================================================================
         <S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>   
            $5.94  =  $11.86                                244,040      5.82      $11.59     238,724    $11.59
           $12.00  =  $13.52                                353,249      6.69      $12.57     211,147    $12.71
           $14.48  =  $16.95                                398,288      4.12      $15.62     398,288    $15.62
           $17.03  =  $17.81                                104,290      7.42      $17.35      44,946    $17.38
           $19.55                                           496,417      8.11      $19.55     248,209    $19.55
           $20.80  =  $23.10                                266,255      8.89      $22.74      63,856    $22.68
           $24.60  =  $29.15                                371,253      9.15      $26.18      85,626    $26.00
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                                          2,233,792                         1,290,796
                                                       ============                       ===========

</TABLE>

         At  September  30, 1997,  an  aggregate of 3,328,445  shares of Class A
Common Stock was  reserved  for the  exercise of stock  options and for issuance
under the elective retirement savings plan (see Note 8).


4.       Acquisitions

         On August 7, 1996, the Company completed the acquisition of certain net
assets of Oncology Supply Company, a privately-held  oncology supply distributor
located in Dothan, Alabama. The Company paid approximately $5.8 million in cash,
plus  expenses of $.2 million,  acquired  assets at fair value of  approximately
$6.5 million and assumed liabilities of approximately $5.4 million.  The Company
recorded  an excess of cost  over net  assets  acquired  of  approximately  $4.9
million in the transaction.

          On August 2, 1995, the Company  completed the  acquisition of Colonial
Healthcare Supply Co.  ("Colonial"),  a privately-held  medical-surgical  supply
distributor  headquartered in Lake Zurich,  Illinois,  for  approximately  $50.7
million in cash plus  expenses of $.3 million.  The Company  acquired  assets at
fair  value  of   approximately   $47.3  million  and  assumed   liabilities  of
approximately $19.7 million,  including  approximately $2.7 million of long-term
debt which was paid by the Company on the acquisition date. This acquisition was
financed from borrowings  under the Credit  Agreement.  The Company  recorded an
excess of cost over net assets  acquired of  approximately  $23.4 million in the
transaction.

         On January 10, 1995, the Company  completed the acquisition of Biddle &
Crowther  Company,   a  privately-held   medical-surgical   supply   distributor
headquartered in Seattle,  Washington, for 804,505 shares of the Company's Class
A Common Stock,  previously held as Treasury shares.  The transaction was valued
at approximately  $10.8 million,  plus expenses;  the Company acquired assets at
fair  value  of   approximately   $12.0  million  and  assumed   liabilities  of


                                      II - 21
<PAGE>


approximately  $5.2  million.  The  Company  recorded an excess of cost over net
assets acquired of approximately $4.4 million in the transaction.


5.       Earnings per Common and Common Equivalent Share

         Earnings  per  common  and  common  equivalent  share  are based on the
weighted  average  number of shares of Class A Common Stock  outstanding  during
each year and the assumed  exercise of dilutive  employees'  stock options (less
the number of Treasury  shares  assumed to be purchased  from the proceeds using
the average market price of the Company's  Class A Common  Stock).  Earnings per
share are based upon  50,714,317  shares in fiscal  1997,  50,323,840  shares in
fiscal 1996 and 49,751,193 shares in fiscal 1995.

         In February  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  Per Share
(EPS)," which will require the Company to disclose basic EPS and diluted EPS for
all periods for which an income  statement is presented,  and which will replace
disclosure  currently  being made for primary  EPS and  fully-diluted  EPS.  The
Company will adopt this standard in its quarter  ending  December 31, 1997.  Pro
forma basic EPS and diluted EPS for the three years ended September 30, 1997 are
indicated below, had the Company applied the provisions of this pronouncement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Years Ended September 30,
                                                -------------------------
                                               1997        1996        1995
         =======================================================================
         <S>                                  <C>          <C>         <C>  
         Earnings Per Share:
                  Basic                       $1.63        $1.47       $1.29
                  Diluted                     $1.61        $1.46       $1.29
</TABLE>



6.       Leases

         The Company  conducts most of its operations from leased  warehouse and
office  facilities and uses certain data processing,  transportation,  and other
equipment under lease agreements  expiring at various dates through fiscal 2008,
excluding  renewal options.  Future minimum rental  commitments at September 30,
1997, under operating leases having  noncancelable  lease terms in excess of one
year,  aggregated $73.3 million, with rental payments during the five succeeding
fiscal years of $22.7 million,  $18.6 million,  $11.7 million,  $7.8 million and
$4.7  million,  respectively.  Future  minimum  rentals  to  be  received  under
noncancelable  subleases at  September  30, 1997 were not  material.  Net rental
expense  for the years ended  September  30,  1997,  1996,  and 1995,  was $22.3
million,  $17.9  million,  and  $17.0  million,  respectively,  after  deducting
sublease income of $0.3 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.




                                      II - 22
<PAGE>


7.       Taxes on Income

         The  Company  uses the asset and  liability  method of  accounting  for
income  taxes.  Under this  method,  deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  are
established for temporary  differences between the financial reporting bases and
the tax bases of the Company's  assets and  liabilities at tax rates expected to
be in effect when such assets or liabilities are realized or settled.

         Total  Federal and state taxes on income for the years ended  September
30, 1997, 1996, and 1995 are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Dollars in thousands                 1997        1996         1995
         ======================================================================
         <S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>    
         Currently payable
           Federal                           $38,964     $35,985      $35,865
           State                               7,219       6,682        6,505
         Deferred (principally Federal)       10,577       9,070        3,178
                                            ---------------------------------

                  Total                      $56,760     $51,737      $45,548
                                            =================================
</TABLE>



         Taxes on income vary from the statutory Federal income tax rate applied
to earnings before taxes on income as the result of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Dollars in thousands                               1997      1996      1995
         =============================================================================
         <S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>    
         Statutory Federal income tax rate applied
           to earnings before taxes on income              $48,454   $43,844   $38,322
         Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
           Amortization of excess of cost over
             net assets of acquired companies                3,262     2,447     3,055
           State income taxes - net of Federal benefits      5,578     4,992     4,610
           Governmental investment income                     (184)     (157)     (366)
           Other                                              (350)      611       (73)
                                                         -----------------------------

         Total taxes on income                             $56,760   $51,737   $45,548
                                                         =============================
</TABLE>




                                      II - 23
<PAGE>



         The tax effects of  significant  items  comprising  the  Company's  net
deferred tax liability as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Dollars in thousands                              1997         1996
         =====================================================================
         <S>                                             <C>          <C>    
         Deferred tax liabilities:
           Inventory basis difference due to LIFO
               method and uniform capitalization          $49,142      $38,602
           Accelerated depreciation                         8,223        8,722
           Employee benefits                                4,048            -
           Other                                            3,074        2,918
                                                         ---------------------
                  Total                                    64,487       50,242
                                                         ---------------------
         Deferred tax assets:
           Reserves for doubtful receivables               15,639       12,527
           Restructuring charge not currently deductible    1,264        2,203
           Vacation pay not currently deductible            1,933        1,659
           Accrued liabilities not currently deductible    15,579       13,641
           Other                                               -           717
                                                         ---------------------
                  Total                                    34,415       30,747
                                                         ---------------------
         Net deferred tax liability                       $30,072      $19,495
                                                         =====================
</TABLE>


         Deferred taxes result from temporary  differences in the recognition of
revenues and expenses for tax and financial reporting purposes.

         Cash paid for income  taxes was $50.7  million,  $51.1  million,  $41.0
million, and $39.0 million in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.

         In the opinion of  management  of the  Company,  no  valuation  reserve
related to deferred tax assets is considered necessary.


8.       Retirement and Savings Plans

         The  Company  provides  for  retirement  benefits  through an  elective
retirement savings plan and supplemental retirement plans.

         The Company has an elective retirement savings plan generally available
to all employees  with six months of service.  Under the terms of the plan,  the
Company  guarantees  a  contribution  of $0.50 for each  $1.00  invested  by the
participant up to the participant's  investment of 6% of salary, subject to plan
and regulatory  limitations.  The Company may also make additional cash or stock
contributions  to the plan at its discretion.  The Company's  contributions  are
vested to participants  over five years. The Company made  contributions of $3.8
million,  $3.4 million,  and $3.9 million to the plan in fiscal 1997,  1996, and
1995, respectively.

         The supplemental retirement plans provide benefits for certain officers
and key employees.  The Company has a  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan


                                      II - 24
<PAGE>


("SERP") for officers and key employees.  SERP is a "target"  benefit plan, with
the annual  lifetime  benefit based upon a percentage of salary during the final
five years of pay at age 62, offset by several other sources of income including
benefits payable under a prior supplemental retirement plan.

         The  components  of net  periodic  pension  cost  for the  supplemental
retirement plans for fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Dollars in thousands                         1997      1996      1995
         ======================================================================
         <S>                                        <C>       <C>       <C>   
         Service cost                               $  598    $  294    $  221
         Interest cost                               1,596     1,519     1,261
         Amortization of prior service cost            378       378       378
         Amortization of initial unrecognized
           net obligation                              264       264       264
                                                  ----------------------------
                    Total                           $2,836    $2,455    $2,124
                                                  ============================
</TABLE>


         Assumptions   used  to  develop  the  net  periodic  pension  cost  for
supplemental retirement plans were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1997          1996          1995
         ==============================================================================
         <S>                                   <C>           <C>           <C>        
         Discount rate                          7.00-8.00%    7.00-8.00%    7.25%-8.25%
         Rate of increase in salary levels         5.50%         5.50%         5.25%
</TABLE>

         The funded status of the supplemental retirement plans at September 30,
1997 and 1996 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Dollars in thousands                                              1997      1996
         ====================================================================================
         <S>                                                             <C>       <C>    
         Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
           Vested benefits                                                $15,961   $15,572
           Nonvested benefits                                                   -         -
                                                                          -----------------
           Accumulated benefit obligation                                  15,961    15,572
           Effect of assumed increase in future compensation levels         5,522     3,998
                                                                          -----------------
         Projected benefit obligation                                      21,483    19,570
         Assets of plans at fair value                                     (2,865)   (2,898)
                                                                          ------------------
         Excess of projected benefit obligation over assets                18,618    16,672
         Unrecognized prior service cost                                   (2,132)   (2,510)
         Unrecognized net loss                                             (7,882)   (5,166)
         Unrecognized net obligation remaining from date of adoption       (3,314)   (3,578)
                                                                          ------------------
         Pension liability recognized in the consolidated balance sheets  $ 5,290   $ 5,418
                                                                          =================
</TABLE>


         At September 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company owned life insurance in the
aggregate  amounts of $46.5 million and $45.0  million,  respectively,  covering


                                      II - 25
<PAGE>


substantially all of the participants in the supplemental  retirement plans. The
Company  intends to keep this life  insurance  in force  until the demise of the
participants.

         Contributions  are also made to  multi-employer  defined  benefit plans
administered  by labor unions for certain union  employees.  Amounts  charged to
pension expense and contributed to these plans were $0.4 million,  $0.4 million,
and $0.4 million in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.


9.       Contingencies

         The Company received  proceeds of $1.9 million and $7.7 million in 1997
and 1996,  respectively,  from  receivables sold with recourse by the Company to
financial  institutions and repurchased $17.7 million of such receivables during
1997.

         The  Company  has  been  named  as  a  defendant,  along  with  several
pharmaceutical industry-related companies, in several state antitrust actions in
California  and  Alabama  and a  Federal  multidistrict  antitrust  action.  The
California  State  action  purports  to  be a  coordinated  class  action  under
California's  Cartwright Act, Unfair  Practices Act and Business and Professions
Code.  The Alabama State  complaint  purports to be a class action under Alabama
antitrust law. The Federal class action  complaint  alleges that the Company and
numerous  manufacturers  and other  wholesalers  violated  the  Sherman  Act. In
November  1994,  the Federal  court  certified  the class defined in the Federal
class action  complaint  from October 15, 1989 to the present.  Plaintiffs  seek
injunctive relief and treble damages in an amount to be determined at trial.

         In October 1994, the Company entered into a sharing agreement with five
other wholesalers and 26 pharmaceutical  manufacturers.  Among other things, the
agreement  provides  that:  (a) if a judgment is entered  into  against both the
manufacturer and wholesaler defendants, the total exposure for joint and several
liability  of the Company is limited to $1.0  million;  (b) if a  settlement  is
entered into by, between, and among the manufacturer and wholesaler  defendants,
the Company has no monetary  exposure for such  settlement  amount;  (c) the six
wholesaler defendants will be reimbursed by the 26 pharmaceutical defendants for
related  legal fees and expenses up to $9.0 million  total (of which the Company
will receive a proportionate  share);  and (d) the Company is to release certain
claims  which it might have had  against  the  manufacturer  defendants  for the
claims  presented by the  plaintiffs in these cases.  The  agreement  covers the
Federal  court  litigation  as well as the cases  which  have been  filed in the
various state courts.  In April 1996,  summary  judgment was granted in favor of
the Company and the other  wholesaler  defendants  and the Company was dismissed
from the Federal class action. However, the decision was appealed and, on August
15,  1997,  the Court of  Appeals  for the  Seventh  Circuit,  along  with other
rulings, reversed the District Court's decision granting summary judgment to the
wholesaler defendants. The effect of the sharing agreement is that the Company's
maximum  potential loss would be $1.0 million,  regardless of the outcome of the
lawsuits,   plus  possible  legal  fee  expenses  in  excess  of  the  Company's
proportionate share of the $9.0 million reimbursement of such fees to be paid by
the manufacturer defendants.


                                      II - 26
<PAGE>


         The Company  believes  that the  allegations  of liability set forth in
these  lawsuits are without merit as to the  wholesaler  defendants and that any
attendant liability of the Company, although unlikely, would not have a material
effect  on  the  Company's   consolidated  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations.

         On March 20, 1997,  the Company  announced  that it had  terminated its
previously  announced merger agreement with IVAX Corporation  ("IVAX") (See Note
10). In connection  with such  termination  the Company filed a lawsuit  against
IVAX in the United States  District Court for the Southern  District of New York
alleging,  among other things, various breaches of its merger agreement.  On May
2, 1997,  IVAX filed an Answer and  Counterclaim  against  the  Company  denying
various  allegations in the Company's  complaint,  raising  various  affirmative
defenses and alleging that the Company has breached the merger agreement entered
into between the parties.  On August 15, 1997,  the Company and IVAX settled the
lawsuits over the abandoned merger.

         The  Company is  involved in various  additional  items of  litigation.
Although the amount of  liability  at  September  30, 1997 with respect to these
items of litigation  cannot be  ascertained,  in the opinion of management,  any
resulting  future  liability  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.


10.      Other Unusual Items

         During  the second  quarter  of fiscal  1997,  the  Company  recorded a
one-time,  pre-tax  charge of $5.8  million  ($3.4  million,  net of income  tax
benefit  of $2.4  million,  or $.07  per  share)  for  expenses  related  to the
terminated merger with IVAX (see Note 9).


11.      Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

         The  recorded  amounts  of the  Company's  cash and  cash  equivalents,
short-term  investments,  accounts  and  notes  receivable,  other  investments,
noncurrent  receivables,  accounts  payable and the revolving bank loan payable,
the 6 7/8%  Debentures  and the 7% Debentures at September 30, 1997  approximate
fair value.  The fair values of the  Company's 7 3/8% Notes and 7 1/4% Notes are
estimated  as follows,  based on the market  prices of these  instruments  as of
September 30, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Recorded
          Dollars in thousands       Amount          Fair Value
         =====================================================
         <S>                         <C>              <C>     
          7 3/8%  Notes               $149,411         $154,140
          7 1/4%  Notes                 99,732          103,801

</TABLE>


                                      II - 27
<PAGE>


12.      Pending Business Combinations

         On November  18,  1997,  the  Company  signed an  agreement  to acquire
substantially  all  of the  net  assets  of  Besse  Medical  Services,  Inc.,  a
privately-held  distributor of injectables,  diagnostics  and medical  supplies.
Under the agreement,  the Company would pay approximately $20.0 million in cash,
plus  estimated  expenses  of $.2  million,  acquire  assets  at fair  value  of
approximately $6.6 million and assume liabilities of approximately $4.6 million.
Consummation  of  this  transaction,  to be  accounted  for  as a  purchase  for
financial  reporting purposes,  is subject to certain conditions,  including the
receipt of regulatory  approvals,  and is expected to be completed in the second
quarter of fiscal 1998. The acquisition  will be financed from borrowings  under
the Credit Agreement.


         On August 23, 1997,  the Company signed a definitive  merger  agreement
with  Cardinal,  a distributor  of  pharmaceuticals  and provider of value-added
pharmaceutical  related  services,  headquartered  in Dublin,  Ohio.  The merger
agreement, which has been unanimously approved by the Boards of Directors of the
Company and Cardinal,  calls for the Company to become a wholly-owned subsidiary
of  Cardinal.  The combined  company is expected to be known as Cardinal  Bergen
Health, Inc. and would be heardquartered in Dublin, Ohio. Under the terms of the
proposed  merger,  shareowners  of the Company would receive 0.775 of a Cardinal
Common Share in exchange for each  outstanding  share of the  Company's  Class A
Common Stock. Cardinal would issue approximately 40 million Common Shares in the
transaction   and  would  assume  the   Company's   long-term   debt  which  was
approximately  $418.2  million  at  September  30,  1997.  The merger of the two
companies has been  structured as a tax-free  transaction and would be accounted
for as a pooling of interests for financial  reporting  purposes.  The merger is
currently  expected to be completed  by the end of the second  quarter of fiscal
1998, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,  including approvals by
the  Company's  shareowners  and  Cardinal's  shareholders,  and the  receipt of
certain regulatory approvals.








                                      II - 28
<PAGE>



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Directors and Shareowners of
  Bergen Brunswig Corporation:


         We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Bergen
Brunswig  Corporation and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 and the
related statements of consolidated earnings and retained earnings and cash flows
for each of the three  years in the  period  ended  September  30,  1997.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Bergen
Brunswig  Corporation  and  subsidiaries at September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the
results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended  September  30, 1997,  in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.





/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
- -------------------------
Costa Mesa, California
October 31, 1997


                                      II - 29
<PAGE>





ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
          
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


          None.










































                                      II - 30
<PAGE>


                                    PART III


ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT

                  The registrant incorporates by reference herein information to
be set forth in its  definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of
shareowners that is responsive to the information  required with respect to this
Item. If such proxy  statement is not mailed to  shareowners  and filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  after  the  end of the
registrant's  most recently  completed  fiscal year, the registrant will provide
such information by means of an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                  The registrant incorporates by reference herein information to
be set forth in its  definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of
shareowners that is responsive to the information  required with respect to this
Item. If such proxy  statement is not mailed to  shareowners  and filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  after  the  end of the
registrant's  most recently  completed  fiscal year, the registrant will provide
such information by means of an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

                  The registrant incorporates by reference herein information to
be set forth in its  definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of
shareowners that is responsive to the information  required with respect to this
Item. If such proxy  statement is not mailed to  shareowners  and filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  after  the  end of the
registrant's  most recently  completed  fiscal year, the registrant will provide
such information by means of an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

                  The registrant incorporates by reference herein information to
be set forth in its  definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of
shareowners that is responsive to the information  required with respect to this
Item. If such proxy  statement is not mailed to  shareowners  and filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  after  the  end of the
registrant's  most recently  completed  fiscal year, the registrant will provide
such information by means of an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.











                                     III - 1

<PAGE>

                                     PART IV


ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)        Documents filed as part of this report:

         1.       Financial Statements
                  --------------------

                           The following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of
                  Bergen Brunswig  Corporation and  Subsidiaries are included in
                  Part II, Item 8:

                           Statements  of  Consolidated  Earnings  and  Retained
                                    Earnings for the Years Ended  September  30,
                                    1997, 1996, and 1995

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets, September 30, 1997 and
                                    1996

                           Statements of  Consolidated  Cash Flows for the Years
                                    Ended September 30, 1997, 1996, and 1995

                           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           Independent Auditors' Report




         Financial  statements  and schedules not listed are omitted  because of
         the absence of the conditions  under which they are required or because
         all  material  information  is included in the  consolidated  financial
         statements or notes thereto.















                                      IV - 1
<PAGE>


ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON 
           FORM 8-K (Continued)


         3.       Exhibits
                  --------

                    ***2            Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated August
                                    23, 1997, among Cardinal Health,  Inc.,
                                    Bruin Merger Corp. and the Company.

                      *3(a)         The  By-Laws as  amended  and  restated  and
                                    dated  November  8,  1996  are set  forth as
                                    Exhibit 3(a) in the Company's  Annual Report
                                    on Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended
                                    September 30, 1996.

                      *3(b)         The Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation
                                    dated May 23, 1994 is set forth as Exhibit 3
                                    to the Company's  Current Report on Form 8-K
                                    dated May 23, 1995.

                      *4(a)         The Senior  Indenture  for  $400,000,000  of
                                    Debt Securities dated as of December 1, 1992
                                    between  the  Company  and  Chemical   Trust
                                    Company  of  California  as  Trustee  is set
                                    forth  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the   Company's
                                    Registration  Statement  on Form  S-3  dated
                                    December 1, 1992 (file no. 33-55136).

                                    The   Company   agrees  to  furnish  to  the
                                    Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  upon
                                    request,  a copy  of  each  instrument  with
                                    respect to other issues of long-term debt of
                                    the Company, the authorized principal amount
                                    of which  does not  exceed  10% of the total
                                    assets  of  the  Company  on a  consolidated
                                    basis.

                     *4(b)          Rights  Agreement,  dated as of  February 8,
                                    1994,  between Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation
                                    and Chemical Trust Company of California, as
                                    Rights   Agent,   including   all   exhibits
                                    thereto, is incorporated herein by reference
                                    to Exhibit 1 to the  Company's  Registration
                                    Statement  on Form 8-A  dated  February  14,
                                    1994.

                 ***10(a)           Stock Option  Agreement,  dated August 23,
                                    1997 between Cardinal  Health,  Inc. and
                                    the Company.

                 ***10(b)           Support/Voting  Agreement,  dated August 23,
                                    1997, by and between Robert E. Martini
                                    and Cardinal Health, Inc.

                  **10(c)           Bergen Brunswig Corporation Deferred
                                    Compensation Plan.

                  **10(d)           Director  Indemnification  Agreement  and 
                                    Amendment  to  Director  Indemnification
                                    Agreement.



                                      IV - 2
<PAGE>


ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
                  FORM 8-K (Continued)


         3.       Exhibits (Continued)
                  --------

                    10(e)           Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  Bonus Plan as
                                    adopted  September 1, 1977 and amended
                                    October 19, 1990.

                  **10(f)           Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  Stock  Option
                                    Plans,  other  than the  Amended  and
                                    Restated 1989 Stock Incentive Plan.

                    10(g)           Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Incentive
                                    Plan of Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation and
                                    Subsidiary Companies.

                   *10(h)           Form of Amended and Restated Supplemental
                                    Executive Retirement Plan.

                   *10(i)           Form of Amended and Restated Capital
                                    Accumulation Plan.

                                    Exhibits 10(h) and 10(I) above are set forth
                                    as Exhibits  10.1 and 10.2 in the  Company's
                                    Registration   Statement  on  Form  S-3  and
                                    Amendment  No.1 thereto  relating to a shelf
                                    offering of $400 million in securities filed
                                    February   1,  1996  and  March  19,   1996,
                                    respectively (file no. 333-631).

                   *10(j)           Amendment  No.1 to the Amended and  Restated
                                    Capital  Accumulation  Plan is set  forth as
                                    Exhibit 10(m) in the Company's Annual Report
                                    on Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended
                                    September 30, 1996.

                   *10(k)           Amended and Restated  Executive Loan Program
                                    dated  March 3, 1995 is set forth as Exhibit
                                    10(g) in the Company's Annual Report on Form
                                    10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30,
                                    1995.

                   *10(l)           Employment Agreement and Schedule.

                   *10(m)           Severance Agreement and Schedule.

                                    Exhibits 10(l) and 10(m) above are set forth
                                    as Exhibit  10(q) and 10(r) in the Company's
                                    Annual  Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal
                                    year ended September 30, 1994.

                   10(n)            Supplemental Agreement and Schedule.

                   10(o)            Retired Officers' Medical Plan.


                                      IV - 3
<PAGE>


ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
                  FORM 8-K (Continued)


         3.       Exhibits (Continued)
                  --------

                      11            Computation of earnings per share for the
                                    three years ended September 30, 1997.

                      21            List of subsidiaries of Bergen Brunswig
                                    Corporation.

                      23            Independent Auditors' Consent.

                      24            Power of  Attorney  is set forth on the
                                    Signature  pages in Part IV of this Annual
                                    Report.

                      27            Financial Data Schedule for the year ended
                                    September 30, 1997.

                     99(a)          Statement Regarding Forward-Looking
                                    Information.

                     99(b)          Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan with
                                    Robert E. Martini.

                    *99(c)          Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement dated
                                    as  of  September   30,  1994  among  Bergen
                                    Brunswig  Drug  Company,   Bergen   Brunswig
                                    Corporation  and  Bank of  America  National
                                    Trust and Savings  Association  is set forth
                                    as  Exhibit  99(h) in the  Company's  Annual
                                    Report  on Form  10-K  for the  fiscal  year
                                    ended September 30, 1994.

                    *99(d)          First and Second  Amendments  to Amended and
                                    Restated   Credit   Agreement  dated  as  of
                                    February   27,  1995  and  March  16,  1996,
                                    respectively,  are  set  forth  as  Exhibits
                                    99(a)  and  99(b),   respectively,   in  the
                                    Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                                    the quarter ended March 31, 1996.

                    *99(e)          Item 1 - Legal Proceedings of Part II of the
                                    Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                                    the  quarter  ended  June 30,  1994 as filed
                                    with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
                                    are incorporated herein by reference in Part
                                    I, Item 3 of this Annual Report.

                    *99(f)          The  Company's  Current  Report  on Form 8-K
                                    dated  August  23,  1997,  relating  to  the
                                    execution of a definitive  merger  agreement
                                    with Cardinal Health,  Inc., is incorporated
                                    herein  by  reference  in Part I,  Item 1 of
                                    this Annual Report.


                                      IV - 4
<PAGE>


ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
                  FORM 8-K (Continued)

         3.       Exhibits (Continued)
                  --------



 *       Document has  heretofore  been filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
         Commission  and is  incorporated  herein by  reference  and made a part
         hereof.

**       Incorporated  herein by reference to the exhibits  filed as part of the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-5530)
         and  Amendment  Nos.  1 and  2  thereto  relating  to  an  offering  of
         $43,000,000  principal  amount  of  6  7/8%  Exchangeable  Subordinated
         Debentures due 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
         on May 8, July 1, and July 8, 1986, respectively.

***      Incorporated  herein by reference to the exhibits  filed as part of the
         Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K  relating to the  execution of a
         definitive merger agreement with Cardinal Health,  Inc., filed with the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 1997.


(b)      Reports on Form 8-K:

         On August 27,  1997,  a Current  Report on Form 8-K,  dated  August 23,
         1997, was filed  reporting  under Item 5, the execution of a definitive
         merger agreement with Cardinal Health, Inc.










                                      IV - 5
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                        BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION


December 19, 1997                       By /s/  Donald R. Roden
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                Donald R. Roden
                                                President and
                                                Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears
below,  hereby  constitutes and appoints Robert E. Martini,  Donald R. Roden and
Milan A. Sawdei and each of them  singly,  his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact
and agent,  with full power of substitution and  resubstitution,  for him and in
his  name,  place  and  stead,  in any and all  capacities,  to sign  any or all
amendments (including pre-effective amendments and post-effective amendments) to
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same with all exhibits  thereto
and other  documents in connection  therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange
Commission,  granting  unto  said  attorney-in-fact  and  agent  full  power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all that said
attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE                        TITLE                              DATE
- ---------                        -----                              ----

/s/   Robert E. Martini          Chairman of the Board         December 19, 1997
- -----------------------          and Director
      Robert E. Martini          


/s/   Donald R. Roden            President and Chief           December 19, 1997
- ---------------------            Executive Officer
      Donald R. Roden            and Director (Principal
                                 Executive Officer)

/s/   Neil F. Dimick             Executive Vice President,     December 19, 1997
- --------------------             Chief Financial Officer
      Neil F. Dimick             and Director
                                 (Principal Financial
                                 Officer and Principal
                                 Accounting Officer)


                                      IV - 6
<PAGE>


SIGNATURE                         TITLE                             DATE
- ---------                         -----                             ----

/s/   John Calasibetta            Senior Vice President        December 19, 1997
- ----------------------            and Director
      John Calasibetta            

/s/   Jose E. Blanco, Sr.         Director                     December 19, 1997
- -------------------------
      Jose E. Blanco, Sr.

/s/   Rodney H. Brady             Director                     December 19, 1997
- ---------------------
      Rodney H. Brady

/s/   Charles C. Edwards, M.D.    Director                     December 19, 1997
- ------------------------------
      Charles C. Edwards, M.D.

/s/   Charles J. Lee              Director                     December 19, 1997
- --------------------
      Charles J. Lee

/s/   George R. Liddle            Director                     December 19, 1997
- ----------------------
      George R. Liddle

/s/   James R. Mellor             Director                     December 19, 1997
- ---------------------
      James R. Mellor

/s/   George E. Reinhardt, Jr.    Director                     December 19, 1997
- ------------------------------
      George E. Reinhardt, Jr.

/s/   Francis G. Rodgers          Director                     December 19, 1997
- ------------------------
      Francis G. Rodgers








                                      IV - 7
<PAGE>



                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                -----------------

EXHIBIT NO.                                                           PAGE NO.
- -----------                                                           --------

   ***2           Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated August 23,
                  1997,  among  Cardinal  Health, Inc., Bruin Merger
                  Corporation and the Company.

     *3(a)        The  By-Laws  as  amended  and  restated  and  dated
                  November 8, 1996 is set forth as Exhibit 3(a) in the
                  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
                  year ended September 30, 1996.

     *3(b)        The Restated  Certificate of Incorporation dated May
                  23, 1994 is set forth as Exhibit 3 to the  Company's
                  Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 23, 1995.

     *4(a)        The  Senior   Indenture  for  $400,000,000  of  Debt
                  Securities  dated as of December 1, 1992 between the
                  Company and Chemical  Trust Company of California as
                  Trustee is set forth as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's
                  Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated December 1,
                  1992 (file no. 33-55136).

                  The Company agrees to furnish to the Securities  and
                  Exchange  Commission,  upon request,  a copy of each
                  instrument with respect to other issues of long-term
                  debt of the Company, the authorized principal amount
                  of which does not exceed 10% of the total  assets of
                  the Company on a consolidated basis.

     *4(b)        Rights  Agreement,  dated as of  February  8,  1994,
                  between  Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  and Chemical
                  Trust  Company  of  California,   as  Rights  Agent,
                  including  all  exhibits  thereto,  is  incorporated
                  herein by  reference  to Exhibit 1 to the  Company's
                  Registration  Statement  on Form 8-A dated  February
                  14, 1994.

  ***10(a)        Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  August  23,  1997,
                  between Cardinal Health, Inc. and the Company.

  ***10(b)        Support/Voting Agreement,  dated August 23, 1997, by
                  and between  Robert E. Martini and Cardinal  Health,
                  Inc.

   **10(c)        Bergen Brunswig  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation
                  Plan.

   **10(d)        Director Indemnification  Agreement and Amendment to
                  Director Indemnification Agreement.

     10(e)        Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  Bonus Plan as adopted       56
                  September 1, 1977 and amended October 19, 1990.

   **10(f)        Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  Stock  Option  Plans,
                  other  than the  Amended  and  Restated  1989  Stock
                  Incentive Plan.


<PAGE>


                          INDEX TO EXHIBITS (CONTINUED)
                          -----------------------------

EXHIBIT NO.                                                            PAGE NO.
- -----------                                                            --------

     10(g)        Amendments  to the Amended and  Restated  1989 Stock
                  Incentive Plan of Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  and
                  Subsidiary Companies.

    *10(h)        Form of Amended and Restated Supplemental  Executive
                  Retirement Plan.

    *10(i)        Form of Amended and  Restated  Capital  Accumulation
                  Plan.

                  Exhibits 10(h) and 10(i) above are set forth as
                  Exhibits 10.1 and  10.2 in the  Company's
                  Registration  Statement Form S-3 and Amendment  No. 1
                  thereto  relating to a shelf  offering of $400 million
                  in securities  filed February  1, 1996 and March 19,
                  1996,  respectively (file no. 333-631).

    *10(j)        Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated  Capital
                  ccumulation  Plan is set forth as  Exhibit  10(m) in
                  the  Company's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                  fiscal year ended September 30, 1996.

    *10(k)        Amended and Restated  Executive  Loan Program  dated
                  March 3, 1995 is set forth as  Exhibit  10(g) in the
                  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
                  year ended September 30, 1995.

    *10(l)        Employment Agreement and Schedule.

    *10(m)        Severance Agreement and Schedule.

                  Exhibit 10(l) and 10(m) above are set forth as 
                  Exhibits 10(q) and 10(r) in the Company's Annual Report
                  on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended September 
                  30, 1994.

     10(n)        Supplemental Agreement and Schedule.                       79

     10(o)        Retired Officers' Medical Plan.                            94

     11           Computation  of  earnings  per  share  for the three      166
                  years ended September 30, 1997.

     21           List of subsidiaries of Bergen Brunswig  Corporation      167

     23           Independent Auditors' Consent.                            168

     24           Power of  Attorney  is set  forth  on the  Signature
                  pages in Part IV of this Annual Report.



<PAGE>


                          INDEX TO EXHIBITS (CONTINUED)
                          -----------------------------

EXHIBIT NO.                                                            PAGE NO.
- -----------                                                            --------

     27           Financial Data Schedule for the year ended September    169
                  30, 1997.

     99(a)        Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information.        170

     99(b)        Split  Dollar  Life  Insurance  Plan with  Robert E.    171
                  Martini. 

    *99(c)        Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated as of
                  September  30,  1994  among  Bergen   Brunswig  Drug
                  Company,  Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  and Bank of
                  America  National  Trust and Savings  Association is
                  set forth as Exhibit 99(h) in the  Company's  Annual
                  Report  on Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended
                  September 30, 1994.

    *99(d)        First and Second  Amendments to Amended and Restated
                  Credit  Agreement  dated as of February 27, 1995 and
                  March  16,  1996,  respectively,  are set  forth  as
                  Exhibits  99(a)  and  99(b),  respectively,  in  the
                  Company's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the
                  quarter ended March 31, 1996.

    *99(e)        Item  1 -  Legal  Proceedings  of  Part  II  of  the
                  Company's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the
                  quarter  ended  June  30,  1994 as  filed  with  the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission, are incorporated
                  herein by reference in Part I, Item 3 of this Annual
                  Report.

    *99(f)        The  Company's  Current  Report  on Form  8-K  dated
                  August 23,  1997,  relating  to the  execution  of a
                  definitive  merger  agreement with Cardinal  Health,
                  Inc., is incorporated herein by reference in Part I,
                  Item 1 of this Annual Report.



*        Document has  heretofore  been filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
         Commission  and is  incorporated  herein by  reference  and made a part
         hereof.

**       Incorporated  herein by reference to the exhibits  filed as part of the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-5530)
         and  Amendment  Nos.  1 and  2  thereto  relating  to  an  offering  of
         $43,000,000  principal  amount  of  6  7/8%  Exchangeable  Subordinated
         Debentures due 2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
         on May 8, July 1, and July 8, 1986, respectively.

***      Incorporated  herein by reference to the exhibits  filed as part of the
         Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K  relating to the  execution of a
         definitive merger agreement with Cardinal Health,  Inc., filed with the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 1997.





                                                                   Exhibit 10(e)

                           BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION
                                   BONUS PLAN
                          As Adopted September 1, 1977
                           (Amended October 19, 1990)

I.       Three Level Plan

         The  Bergen   Brunswig   Corporation   Bonus  Plan  consists  of  plans
         established at the following three levels:

         A.       A Corporate  Staff Bonus Plan for executives and key employees
                  having   corporate-wide   line  or   staff   responsibilities.
                  Participants  will be  selected  by the  President  and  Chief
                  Executive Officer of Bergen Brunswig Corporation.

         B.       Division  Chief  Executive  Officer Bonus Plan for  executives
                  having line  responsibility  over the  divisions or the groups
                  comprising the major profit centers of the  Corporation.  (see
                  Exhibit B)

         C.       A series of Division  Executive  Bonus Plans  designed to meet
                  the needs of executives  below the Chief Executive  Officer in
                  each division  including those having  responsibility for both
                  profit and cost centers.  Separate plans will,  therefore,  be
                  established for each of the following organizations.


                                      Drug
                                    Commtron

         The design of the plans under this category are the  responsibility  of
         the Chief Executive Officer of each division.  Divisional plans,  prior
         to their finalization, communication, and implementation, however, will
         require the approval of the  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of
         Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation,  with  participants in these plans begin
         nominated prior to the beginning of the fiscal year by their respective
         Chief  Executive  Officers  and  approved  by the  President  and Chief
         Executive Officer of Bergen Brunswig Corporation.

II.      Corporate Staff Bonus Plan

         A.       Participation

                  Participants  in the  Corporate  Staff Bonus Plan  consist  of
                  Corporate Officers with corporate-wide  responsibilities and a
                  limited number of other corporate staff  management  personnel
                  to be nominated by their respective  Corporate Officers.  This
                  latter  group  will  normally  include  only  those  of  Staff
                  Director  and  Manager  title and above and  earning a minimum
                  annual  base  salary  of  $40,000.  The  President  and  Chief
                  Executive Officer of Bergen Brunswig  Corporation will approve
                  all corporate staff management participants, relying


                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 1
<PAGE>



                  upon the recommendations of the respective Corporate Officers.
                  Qualifying  employees who are hired after the beginning of the
                  fiscal year may be included  under this Plan on such terms and
                  conditions as shall be  established by the President and Chief
                  Executive Officer of Bergen Brunswig Corporation.

         B.       Maximum Bonus Payments

                  Maximum bonus payments to participants in the Corporate Staff 
                  Bonus Plan will be as follows:

                  Corporate Officers
                  and Key Executives ..........Base salary at the end of the
                                                 applicable fiscal year.

                  Corporate Staff
                  Management ..................50% of base salary at the end of
                                                 the fiscal year.

         C.       Bonus Pool

                  A maximum  Corporate Staff bonus pool will be approved by the
                  Board of Directors for each of the Company's fiscal years. The
                  maximum  pool will  generally  be the amount  provided in that
                  fiscal year's Board-approved annual plan.

                            1. The basis for the  generation  of an actual bonus
                           pool  to  be   available   for   payment   awards  to
                           participants  will be the  achievement of two defined
                           elements,  plus a discretionary  element. Each of the
                           defined elements will be of equal value,  i.e. 25% of
                           potential,  and will be  derived  from the  following
                           performance  factors:  (a) Return on Equity (R.O.E.),
                           (b) Net Earnings before minority  interest (N.E.). In
                           the event of a significant acquisition or divestiture
                           during the fiscal year,  the Return on Equity and Net
                           Earnings  performance  factors  will be adjusted on a
                           proforma basis giving effect to the projected  impact
                           of  such a  transaction.  The  discretionary  element
                           value will be 50% of potential.

                           (a)      Return  on  Equity  - A  minimum  acceptable
                                    level of R.O.E. will be established for each
                                    fiscal  year which must be  achieved  before
                                    the first dollar becomes  available for this
                                    element.

                           (b)      Net  Earnings - N.E. as set out in the Board
                                    approved  annual  plan  will be the basis of
                                    measuring   the   amount   of   contribution
                                    available    from   this    element.    Full
                                    achievement   of  plan  will   generate  the
                                    maximum,  while  achievement of less than an
                                    established  minimum level will result in no
                                    contribution from this element.


                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 2
<PAGE>

                           (c)      Discretionary   -   There   exists   certain
                                    factors,  such as  market  environment,  the
                                    economy,  legal  requirements,  etc.,  which
                                    should be recognized when evaluating overall
                                    Company performance.  This element,  subject
                                    to  a   predetermined   limitation  will  be
                                    determined  by the  Board  after a review of
                                    the actual fiscal year performance.

                  See Exhibit C for the current  fiscal  year  proposed  maximum
                  pool  and   application  of  the  proposed   formulas  to  the
                  respective pool elements.

                  2.       Estimated   amounts  for  a  Corporate   Staff  Bonus
                           provision will be charged to earnings on a cumulative
                           basis  during each  fiscal  year and  adjusted to the
                           amount  determined  to be  payable  at each  year-end
                           closing.

         D.       Individual Bonus Award Determination

                  1.       As a first step in  quantifying  individual  amounts,
                           bonus awards will be calculated  on a ratable  basis;
                           i.e.,  using  the  individual  base  compensation  at
                           fiscal  year-end as the  numerator  and the aggregate
                           base   compensation   of  all   participants  as  the
                           denominator,  applied to the total  available  annual
                           bonus pool amount. For this purpose,  the calculation
                           will  utilize  200%,  100% and 50% of the  respective
                           Corporate Officer and Director, Corporate Officer and
                           non-officer compensation amounts.

                  2.       Thereafter,  individual  award  approval  will  be  a
                           function of the  Compensation  Committee of the Board
                           of Directors  as to  corporate  officers who are also
                           Directors  and a function of the  President and Chief
                           Executive  Officer of Bergen Brunswig  Corporation as
                           to all other participants.

                  3.       Award and payment of the amounts so  determined  will
                           take into account the individual's annual performance
                           and  contributions  made  during  the  course  of the
                           fiscal year. In certain  positions,  this  evaluation
                           will  take  into  account  the  extent  of  achieving
                           specific  goals  assigned  at  the  beginning  of the
                           fiscal year.

         E.       Payment of Bonus

                  Payment  made  under the  Corporate  Staff  Bonus Plan will be
described in Section IV of this proposal.

III.     Division Chief Executive Officer Bonus Plan

         A.       Participation


                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 3
<PAGE>


                  Participants  in the Division  Chief  Executive  Officer Bonus
                  Plan include the  operating  heads of units set out in Exhibit
                  B.  Qualifying  employees who are hired after the beginning of
                  the fiscal year may be included  under this Plan on such terms
                  and  conditions as shall be  established  by the President and
                  Chief Executive Officer of Bergen Brunswig Corporation.

         B.       Maximum Bonus Payments.

                  The  maximum  bonus  amount  available  for  payment  to  each
                  Division  Chief  Executive  Officer will be established at the
                  start of each fiscal year.

         C.       Bonus Computation - General

                  Bonus  amounts  earned by each  executive  under the  Division
                  Chief Executive Officer Bonus Plan will be directly influenced
                  by factors such as the following:

                  1.       Annual plan performance.
                  2.       Strategic plan performance.
                  3.       Achievement of specific goals established at the
                           beginning of the fiscal year.
                  4.       Discretionary  factors which cannot be easily
                           quantified,  but which require judgment on the part
                           of senior Bergen Brunswig Corporation management.

                  The above  factors  will each  receive  weights as  determined
                  annually by Bergen Brunswig Corporation management immediately
                  following approval of the ensuing fiscal year annual plan. The
                  earnings  achievement  relative  to annual plan factor (no. 1,
                  above) will be reduced through application of a penalty to the
                  extent that 100% of annual plan results are not achieved.  The
                  minimum and maximum levels of performance may be different for
                  each Division  Chief  Executive  Officer,  depending  upon the
                  nature and condition of the business involved.

         D.       Bonus Compensation - Detail

                  1.       Bonus Based on Earnings Achievement Relative to
                           Annual Plan.

                           a.       Earnings  will be expressed on a before tax
                                    basis after cost of money at the annual
                                    established rate.

                           b.       A minimum  of 95%  achievement  of  earnings
                                    plan will be  required  with an  intervening
                                    straight   line   calculation   up  to  100%
                                    achievement   determining  a  maximum  bonus
                                    award.

                           c.       The minimum and maximum performance levels
                                    will be the same for all divisions.



                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 4
<PAGE>


                  2.       Bonus Based on R.O.I. Achievement.

                           a.       R.O.I.  will be  expressed  on a before  tax
                                    basis  after  cost of  money  at the  annual
                                    established rate. Average investment for the
                                    year will be used as the investment base.

                           b.       A minimum and maximum  R.O.I.  range will be
                                    established   which   will   determine   the
                                    percentage   of  maximum  bonus  and  dollar
                                    amount  of bonus  that  will be  earned on a
                                    straight  line  basis at  various  levels of
                                    R.O.I.

                           c.       Though the minimum  and maximum  performance
                                    levels,  as  well  as  the  formula,  may be
                                    different for each  Division,  an R.O.I.  of
                                    20%  before  taxes  will  be  regarded  as a
                                    minimum acceptable R.O.I.

                  3.       Bonus Based on Achievement of Strategic Plan and
                           Specific Goals.

                           At  the  start  of the  fiscal  year,  each  Division
                           Executive  will be given  certain goals to accomplish
                           during  the  course  of the  year.  In  instances  of
                           multiple  goals,  each  will be  given a  weight  for
                           purposes of valuing this element of bonus award.

                  4.       Bonus Based on Discretion.

                           It is recognized that there are a number of executive
                           performance  factors that do not lend  themselves  to
                           numerical or formula  measurements.  For this reason,
                           under unusual circumstances, a part of an executive's
                           maximum  bonus may be  awarded  by the  President  an
                           Chief   Executive    Officer   of   Bergen   Brunswig
                           Corporation  on the  basis of  achieving  prearranged
                           goals and objectives and/or discretionary factors. It
                           should  be   understood   that   this   discretionary
                           component  of the  bonus  will be  awarded  only  for
                           extraordinary   performance  and   circumstances  and
                           should   not  be   expected   in  cases   on   normal
                           performance.

IV.      Payment of Bonus and Right to Receive

         A.       Bonus awards will be payable and will vest as follows:

                  1.       Payable in full ten business  days after the date the
                           fiscal year results have been officially  released to
                           the public.

                  2.       Employees  shall not have  earned nor be  entitled to
                           receive any bonus award unless they are in the employ
                           of the Company on the scheduled date payable,  except
                           in the event of death, permanent disability, or


                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 5
<PAGE>


                           retirement where the fiscal year award will be
                           prorated on the basis of that part of the year the
                           participant was gainfully  employed as the numerator
                           and 365 days as the  denominator  and will be paid to
                           the employee or his beneficiary on the appropriate
                           date.

                  3.       Employees  shall not have  earned  nor shall  they be
                           entitled  to  receive  any  bonus  in  the  event  of
                           termination  prior to  payable  date  for any  reason
                           other than as listed in Item 2 above.















                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 6
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                   PARTICIPANTS IN CORPORATE STAFF BONUS PLAN



Emil P. Martini, Jr.........Chairman of the Board

Robert E. Martini...........President and Chief Executive Officer

George E. Reinhardt, Jr.....Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Dwight A. Steffensen........Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Anthony A. Vallario.........Senior Vice President

Cheryl S. Byrne.............Vice President, Planning and Development

John T. Fay, Jr.............Vice President, Corporate Affairs

Michael W. Fipps............Vice President, Treasurer

Richard G. Gerlach..........Vice President, Controller

Jerold O. Gutman............Vice President, Human Resources

Bernard J. Hale.............Vice President, Distribution Planning

Milan A. Sawdei.............Vice President, Chief Legal Officer

Eric J. Schmitt.............Vice President, Financial Planning

Denny W. Steele.............Vice President, Corporate Information Resources

Robert W. Teal..............Vice President, Taxes



Various Non-Corporate
Officers with
Corporate-wide
Responsibilities............Staff Directors and Managers



                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 7
<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT B



     PARTICIPANTS IN DIVISION CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER BONUS PLAN




Phillip Engle                           President, Bergen Brunswig Drug Company








































                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 8
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                           CORPORATE STAFF BONUS PLAN

                     As Proposed for the Fiscal Year Ending
                                 August 31, 1991
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Approved Annual Plan Items and Amounts:

         Maximum pool (amount provided in Plan)          $2,200,000
         Planned Return on Average Equity                      15.2%
         Planned Net Earnings Before Minority
         Interest                                        $71,759,000

Application of Formulas:

         a)      A return  on  Equity  of 10% will be the  minimum.  Achievement
                 above  10%  up to  14.0%  will  ratably  determine  bonus  pool
                 contribution up to $500,000. Example:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Rate Achievement                     Pool Contribution
                 ----------------                     -----------------
                 <S>                                  <C>
                      10%                              $         -0-
                      12%                                    183,333
                      13%                                    366,667
                      14% and above                          550,000
</TABLE>

         b)      Achievement  of 90% to  100% of  planned  net  earnings  before
                 minority  interest will be the basis for determining bonus pool
                 contribution. Example:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Net Earnings         Percentage
                   Achieved             of Plan       Pool Contribution
                   --------             -------       -----------------
                <S>                     <C>           <C>
                 $64,583,000               90%         $         -0-
                 $68,171,000               95%               275,000
                 $70,324,000               98%               440,000
                 $71,759,000 and above    100%               550,000
</TABLE>



         c)       A discretionary amount up to a maximum of $1,100,000.






                                 EXH 10(e) - Page 9



                                                                   Exhibit 10(g)

AMENDED AND RESTATED
1989 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF
BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION AND
SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES


Section 1.        PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

1.1 PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Amended 1989 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Amended
Plan" or "Plan") is to promote the success of Bergen Brunswig  Corporation  (the
"Company") by providing a method whereby  eligible  directors,  officers and key
employees of the Company and its Subsidiary Companies, and other recipients, may
be awarded  additional  remuneration  for services  rendered and encourage  such
persons to invest in the common stock of the Company,  thereby  increasing their
proprietary  interest in the Company's business while encouraging them to remain
in the employ of the Company, or its Subsidiary Companies,  and increasing their
personal  interest in the continued  success and progress of the Company and its
Subsidiary Companies.

1.2 EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan originally  became  effective on October 20, 1989.
The  amendments to this Plan shall become  effective as of October 20, 1994, the
date of adoption of such  amendments  by the Board of  Directors  of the Company
subject to the ratification by the shareowners of the Company.


Section 2.        DEFINITIONS

2.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms shall have the meaning described below when
used in this Plan:

         (a)      "Amended  Plan" shall mean the Amended and Restated 1989 Stock
                  Incentive Plan of Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation and Subsidiary
                  Companies.

         (b)      "Award"  means any  Option  or Stock  Appreciation  Right,  or
                  combination thereof, granted under Section 6 of this Plan.

         (c)      "Board"  or  "Board  of  Directors"  shall  mean the  Board of
                  Directors of the Company.

         (d)      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may
                  be amended from time to time.

         (e)      "Committee"   shall   mean   the   Compensation/Stock   Option
                  Committee, or any successor committee,  appointed from time to
                  time by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan pursuant
                  to Section 3.


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 1
<PAGE>


         (f)      "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's  Class A Common Stock,
                  par value  $1.50.

         (g)      "Company" shall mean Bergen Brunswig Corporation, a New Jersey
                  corporation  or any  successor  to it in  ownership  of all or
                  substantially all of its assets.

         (h)      "Disability" shall mean a medically  determinable  physical or
                  mental  impairment  which has made an individual  incapable of
                  engaging  in any  substantial  gainful  activity.  A condition
                  shall  be  considered  a  Disability  only  if  (1)  it can be
                  expected to result in death or has lasted,  or can be expected
                  to last,  for a  continuous  period  of not less  than  twelve
                  months, and (2) the Committee,  based on medical evidence, has
                  expressly determined that such impairment exists.

         (i)      "Director Stock Option" means an option granted to an Eligible
                  Director  under Section 7 of this Plan.  Each  Director  Stock
                  Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option whose grant is not
                  intended  to fall under the  provisions  of Section 422 of the
                  Code, but shall not mean, in any instance, an Option.

         (j)      "Earlier Plan"  shall mean  the  Company's  1983 Stock  Option
                  Plan.

         (k)      "Eligible  Director" means any director of the Company, or any
                  of its Subsidiary Companies,  who is not an employee of either
                  the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

         (l)      "Fair  Market  Value" shall mean in the event the Common Stock
                  is traded on a recognized securities exchange or quoted by the
                  National   Association   of   Securities   Dealers   Automated
                  Quotations on National  Market Issues (or successor  quotation
                  system),  an amount  equal to the  average of the high and low
                  prices of such stock on such exchange or such quotation system
                  on the date set for  valuation  or, if no sales of such  stock
                  were made on said  exchange  or so quoted  on that  date,  the
                  average  of the high and low  prices of such stock on the next
                  preceding  day on which  sales were made on said  exchange  or
                  quotation system;  or, if the Common Stock is not so traded or
                  quoted, that value determined,  in its sole discretion, by the
                  Board with respect to Director Stock Options or the Committee,
                  in its sole  discretion,  with  respect to  Options  and Stock
                  Appreciation Rights.

         (m)      "Incentive  Stock  Option"  shall mean a stock option  granted
                  under Section 6 which is intended to meet the  requirements of
                  Section  422  of  the  Code  and  which  is  designated  as an
                  Incentive Stock Option by the Committee at the time of grant.

         (n)      "Nonstatutory  Stock Option" shall mean a stock option granted
                  under  Section 6 or Section 7 and which is not  intended to be
                  an Incentive  Stock  Option and which,  in the case of options
                  granted   pursuant  to  paragraph   7.1  is  designated  as  a
                  Nonstatutory  Stock Option by the Committee.  Any stock option
                  granted  under  Section 6 which is not  designated  shall be a
                  Nonstatutory Stock Option.


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 2
<PAGE>


         (o)      "Option"   shall  mean  an   Incentive   Stock   Option  or  a
                  Nonstatutory  Stock Option  granted under Section 6 including,
                  for purposes of interpreting  paragraph 6.5 hereof,  any stock
                  option granted under the Earlier Plan, but, shall not mean, in
                  any instance, a Director Stock Option.

         (p)      "Recipients" means any individual  described in paragraph 5.1,
                  as  designated  by the  Committee to receive  Awards under the
                  Plan.

         (q)      "Retirement"   shall  mean  the   voluntary   termination   of
                  employment by an employee after qualifying for early or normal
                  retirement under any tax-qualified pension,  profit-sharing or
                  stock  bonus  plan of the  Company  or any  Subsidiary.  If an
                  employee  is not  covered by any such plan,  or such plan does
                  not exist,  "Retirement"  shall mean voluntary  termination of
                  employment  after the  employee  has attained age 65 and after
                  the employee has attained the tenth  anniversary of his or her
                  last preceding date of hire.

         (r)      "Stock  Appreciation  Right" shall mean a right  granted under
                  paragraph 6.5 hereof.

         (s)      "Subsidiary"   or  "Subsidiary   Companies"   shall  mean  any
                  corporation  (other than the Company) in an unbroken  chain of
                  corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the
                  granting of an Option, each of the corporations other than the
                  last  corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock  possessing
                  50% or more of the total combined  voting power of all classes
                  of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

         (t)      "Ten Percent Shareowner" shall mean any person if he, directly
                  or indirectly,  owns stock possessing more than ten percent of
                  the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
                  Company, or any Subsidiary.

2.2 GENDER AND NUMBER. Except when otherwise indicated by the context,  words in
the masculine  gender when used in the Plan shall  include the feminine  gender,
the  singular  shall  include  the  plural,  and the plural  shall  include  the
singular.


Section 3.        ADMINISTRATION

3.1  ADMINISTRATION  OF PLAN.  (a) The Board of Directors  of the Company  shall
appoint, from time to time, not less than three Directors to the Committee which
shall  administer  the  Plan.  Each  member  of the  Committee  shall  both be a
"disinterested  person"  as  defined in Rule  16b-3(c)(1)(i)  (or any  successor
provision)  promulgated  under the Exchange  Act,  and an "outside  director" as
defined for purposes of Section 162(m) (or any successor  provision) of the Code
and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  The Committee shall have full power
and authority,  subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent  with the
provisions  of the Plan as may from  time to time be issued  or  adopted  by the
Board of Directors, to grant to eligible persons, as described in paragraph 5.1,


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 3
<PAGE>


Options and Stock Appreciation  Rights under Section 6 of the Plan, to interpret
the  provisions  of the Plan and any terms of any Award  under the Plan,  and to
supervise the administration of the Plan.

(b) All decisions  made by the Committee  pursuant to the provisions of the Plan
and related  orders or  resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  shall be final,
conclusive  and binding on all  persons,  including  the  Company,  shareowners,
Recipients,  Eligible  Directors and  beneficiaries  of Recipients  and Eligible
Directors.


Section 4.        SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1      NUMBER OF SHARES AND ADJUSTMENTS.

         (a)      Subject to the adjustment pursuant to subparagraph 4.1(c), the
                  maximum  aggregate  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  with
                  respect  to  which  Options,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  and
                  Director Stock Options may be granted in any fiscal year under
                  the Plan shall equal the number of shares remaining  available
                  for grant from prior years plus, if applicable,  the increased
                  number of shares determined as set forth below. If at any time
                  during the fiscal  year,  the number of shares  available  for
                  grant to individuals other than Eligible Directors falls below
                  1% of the issued  shares of Common Stock as of the last day of
                  the  immediately  preceding  fiscal  year  (including  in such
                  number of issued shares any shares reacquired by the Company),
                  then the  maximum  number  of  shares  with  respect  to which
                  Options,  Stock Appreciation Rights and Director Stock Options
                  may be granted in the current  fiscal year shall be  increased
                  by an amount equal to 1% of the issued  shares of Common Stock
                  of the Company as of the last day of the immediately preceding
                  fiscal year. Any increase in the number of shares which may be
                  granted,  as described  in the  preceding  sentence,  may only
                  occur  once  during  any  fiscal  year.   Notwithstanding  the
                  foregoing,  no more than 370,000  shares of Common Stock shall
                  be available for the grant of Incentive  Stock Options  during
                  each fiscal  year.  The  aggregate  number of shares of Common
                  Stock with respect to which Options, Stock Appreciation Rights
                  and  Director   Stock  Options  may  be  granted  to  any  one
                  individual in any fiscal year may not exceed 150,000,  subject
                  to adjustment  pursuant to subparagraph  4.1(c).  If an Option
                  granted  under  the Plan  shall  expire or  terminate  for any
                  reason other than the exercise of a Stock Appreciation  Right,
                  the shares subject to such Option grant shall be available for
                  other  Option  grants,  and  not  be  included  within  the 1%
                  calculation described above.

         (b)      Subject to adjustment pursuant to subparagraph  4.1(c), of the
                  total  shares  of Common  Stock  referred  to in  subparagraph
                  4.1(a),  the number of shares of Common  Stock with respect to
                  which  Director  Stock  Options  may be  granted  to  Eligible
                  Directors shall not exceed one hundred  eighty-seven  thousand
                  five hundred (187,500) shares of Common Stock.



                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 4
<PAGE>


         (c)      In the event that  subsequent  to the date of  adoption of the
                  Plan by the Board  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  should as a
                  result  of a  stock  split,  stock  dividend,  combination  or
                  exchange   of   shares,   exchange   for   other   securities,
                  reclassification,   reorganization,   redesignation,   merger,
                  consolidation,  recapitalization  or  other  such  change,  be
                  increased or  decreased  or changed  into or  exchanged  for a
                  different  number or kind of  shares of Common  Stock or other
                  securities of the Company, or of another corporation, then (a)
                  there shall  automatically  be  substituted  for each share of
                  Common  Stock  subject to an  unexercised  Option and Director
                  Stock Option (in whole or in part)  granted under the Plan and
                  each share of Common Stock available for additional  grants of
                  Options and Director  Stock Options under the Plan, the number
                  and kind of shares of Common  Stock or other  securities  into
                  which each outstanding  share of Common Stock shall be changed
                  or for  which  each such  share  shall be  exchanged,  (b) the
                  option price shall be  increased or decreased  proportionately
                  so that  the  aggregate  purchase  price  for  the  securities
                  subject to the Option and  Director  Stock Option shall remain
                  the same as immediately  prior to such event and (c) the Board
                  shall make such other adjustments to the securities subject to
                  Options and Director  Stock Options and the  provisions of the
                  Plan as may be appropriate  and equitable.  Any adjustment may
                  provide for the elimination of fractional shares.


Section 5.        ELIGIBILITY

5.1 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION. Participants in the Plan who will be eligible
to receive  Awards  shall be  selected  by the  Committee  from among  those key
employees of the Company,  and its Subsidiaries,  and such other persons who are
or have been actively engaged in the conduct of the business of the Company,  or
any of its Subsidiaries (hereinafter,  for convenience such persons are referred
to as "Consultants"), who are recommended for participation by the management of
the  Company  and who,  in the  opinion of the  Committee,  are in a position to
contribute  materially  to the  Company's  continued  growth,  development,  and
long-term  financial  success.  Persons  serving on the  Committee  and Eligible
Directors shall not be eligible to be a Recipient and,  therefore,  not eligible
to receive an Award.

5.2 ELIGIBLE  DIRECTORS.  Eligible  Directors are entitled to participate in the
Plan solely  with  respect to the grant of  Director  Stock  Options and may not
receive any other benefit under the Plan. The selection of Eligible Directors is
not  subject to the  discretion  of the  Committee  and  persons  serving on the
Committee, who are Eligible Directors, may only receive grants of Director Stock
Options.


Section 6.        OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1  GRANT  OF  OPTIONS  OTHER  THAN  DIRECTOR  STOCK  OPTIONS.  Subject  to the
limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall,  after such  consultation with and
consideration of the  recommendations  of management as the Committee  considers
desirable, select from


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 5
<PAGE>


eligible Recipients those to be granted Options and determine the time when each
Option  shall be  granted  and the number of shares  subject to each  Option and
shall  select the  Recipients  to  receive  Stock  Appreciations  Rights and the
Options to which such rights shall relate. Options may be either Incentive Stock
Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options and more than one Option may be granted to
the same person,  however,  only employees of the Company,  or its Subsidiaries,
may be  granted  Incentive  Stock  Options.  The  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value
(determined  as of the date an option is granted)  of the stock with  respect to
which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any optionee
during any calendar year under this Plan, and all other plans  maintained by the
Company,  its parent (within the meaning of Code Section 424(e)), if any, or its
Subsidiaries,  shall not exceed $100,000.  Except as otherwise provided pursuant
to Code  Section 422, if an Incentive  Stock  Option which  becomes  exercisable
during a calendar year is cancelled or ceases to be exercisable  during the same
calendar year, the unexercised  portion of that Incentive Stock Option shall not
be taken into  account in  applying  the  $100,000  limit.  If the  $100,000  is
exceeded,  only the portion of the  Incentive  Stock Option  which  exceeds that
limit shall constitute a Nonstatutory  Option but this shall not cause the terms
and conditions of the option grant which created the Option to cease to apply or
to be modified.  If more than one  Incentive  Stock  Option  causes the $100,000
limit to be violated,  the previous sentence shall be applied to Incentive Stock
Options in reverse  order of grant and  pro-rata  for  Incentive  Stock  Options
simultaneously granted.

6.2 EVIDENCE OF GRANTS AND REPLACEMENT OPTIONS. Each Option under the Plan shall
be  evidenced  by an option  grant  which  shall be signed by an  officer of the
Company and shall contain such  provisions as may be approved by the  Committee.
Any such option  grant may be  supplemented  and amended  from time to time,  as
approved by the Committee,  provided that the terms of such option grant,  after
being  amended or  supplemented,  conform  to the terms of the Plan.  Before the
issuance of a replacement option, the Committee may require surrender of a fully
or partially unexercised Option (the "surrendered option") granted under this or
any other stock option plan of the Company as a condition precedent to the grant
of a new Option (the "replacement  option") for the same, a greater,  or a fewer
number  of  shares  as  are  surrendered  under  the  surrendered   option.  The
replacement  option  shall be  exercisable  in  accordance  with the  terms  and
conditions  specified by the Committee in granting  thereof,  in accordance with
the  provisions  of the Plan,  and without  regard to the period of exercise and
other terms and conditions of the surrendered option.

6.3 OPTION PRICE.  The price at which shares may be purchased upon exercise of a
particular  Option  shall not be less than the par value of the Common Stock and
(a) in the case of any Incentive  Stock Option,  shall not be less than (1) 100%
of the Fair Market  Value of such shares on the date such Option is granted,  or
(2) 110% of Fair Market  Value of the shares on the date of grant in the case of
an  optionee  who  is a Ten  Percent  Shareowner,  and  (b)  in  the  case  of a
Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  (other  than a Director  Stock  Option),  the price
determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, however, such price may not
be less that 50% of the Fair Market  Value of the Common  Stock at the time such
Option is granted.



                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 6
<PAGE>


6.4 EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  (a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan with respect
to death, retirement and termination of employment, the period during which each
Option may be exercised  shall be fixed by the Committee at the time such Option
is granted;  but, such period in no event shall expire later than ten years from
the date the Option is granted or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option to a
Ten  Percent  Shareowner,  later  than five  years  from the date the  Option is
granted.

(b) Except as permitted by paragraph  6.7,  each  Incentive  Stock Option may be
exercised only after one year of continued  employment by the Company, or any of
its Subsidiaries,  and only during the continuance of the optionee's  employment
with  the  Company,  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries.  Subject  to  the  foregoing
limitations  and the  terms  and  conditions  of the  option  grant  and  unless
cancelled  prior to exercise,  each Option shall be  exercisable  in whole or in
part in  installments  at such time or times as the  Committee may prescribe and
specify in the applicable option grant.

(c) No shares  shall be  delivered  pursuant to any  exercise of an Option until
payment in full of the option price  therefor is received by the  Company.  Such
payments  shall  be made  in (1)  cash or a cash  equivalent  acceptable  to the
Committee and whether or not such cash  equivalent was a common  practice at the
time of approval of the Plan by  shareowners,  or (2) unless  prohibited  by the
Committee,  through the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company with a
value  equal  to the  total  option  price,  or (3)  such  other  consideration,
including but not limited to, a secured or unsecured  promissory note acceptable
to  the  Committee,  or  (4) a  combination  of  cash,  shares  and  such  other
consideration  as may be  specified  by the  Committee.  Any shares so delivered
shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise  date. No optionee or
legatee or  distributee  of any  optionee  shall be deemed to be a holder of any
shares  subject to any Option prior to the issuance of such shares upon exercise
of such Option or any related Stock Appreciation Right.

6.5 STOCK APPRECIATION  RIGHTS. (a) Stock Appreciation  Rights may be granted to
such optionees  holding  Options granted under the Plan, or the Earlier Plan, as
the Committee may select and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may
prescribe.  Each Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall  relate to a specific  Option
granted and may be granted  concurrently  with the Option to which it relates or
at any time prior to the exercise,  expiration or termination of such Option.  A
Stock Appreciation  Right shall entitle the optionee,  subject to the provisions
of the Plan and the related option grant,  to receive from the Company an amount
not more than the excess of the Fair Market  Value on the  exercise  date of the
number of shares for which the Stock  Appreciation  Right is exercised  over the
option price for such shares under the related Option.

(b) A Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable on such dates or during such
periods as may be determined by the Committee from time to time,  provided that,
the Committee may, for administrative convenience, determine that, for any Stock
Appreciation  Right  relating  to an Option  which  right can only be  exercised
during a  limited  period  of time in  order to  satisfy  rules  imposed  by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the  exercise of any such right for cash
during such limited  period shall be deemed to occur for all purposes  hereunder
on the date during such limited period on which the Fair Market Value


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 7
<PAGE>


of the  Common  Stock  is the  highest,  and  provided,  further,  that no Stock
Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable at a time when the related Option could
not be exercised  nor may it be exercised  with respect to a number of shares in
excess of the number for which such Option could then be  exercised.  Subject to
paragraph  9.5, any such  determination  by the  Committee may be changed by the
Committee,  from time to time, and may govern the exercise of Stock Appreciation
Rights granted prior to such determination as well as Stock Appreciation  Rights
thereafter granted.

(c) A Stock  Appreciation  Right may be  exercised  only upon  surrender  of the
related  Option by the optionee,  which shall be terminated to the extent of the
number of shares for which the Stock  Appreciation  Right is  exercised.  Shares
covered by such a terminated Option, or portion thereof,  granted under the Plan
shall not be available for other Options under the Plan.

(d) The amount  payable by the Company  upon  exercise  of a Stock  Appreciation
Right may be paid in cash,  in shares of Common  Stock  (valued  at Fair  Market
Value on the exercise date) or in any combination thereof as the Committee shall
determine  from time to time.  No  fractional  shares  shall be  issued  and the
optionee shall receive cash in lieu thereof.

(e) The Committee may impose any other  conditions  upon the exercise of a Stock
Appreciation  Right,  which  conditions  may include a condition  that the Stock
Appreciation   Right  may  be  exercised  only  in  accordance  with  rules  and
regulations  adopted  by the  Committee  from  time  to  time.  Such  rules  and
regulations may govern the right to exercise Stock  Appreciation  Rights granted
prior to the  adoption or  amendment  of such rules and  regulations  as well as
Stock Appreciation Rights granted thereafter.

(f) Subject to paragraph 9.5, the Committee may at any time amend or suspend any
Stock Appreciation Right theretofore  granted under the Plan,  provided that the
terms of any Stock  Appreciation  Right after any amendment shall conform to the
provisions  of the Plan. A Stock  Appreciation  Right shall  terminate  upon the
termination or expiration of the related Option.

6.6  Transferability  of Options and Stock  Appreciation  Rights.  Except as set
forth in the  following  sentences,  an Award  granted under the Plan may not be
transferred  except by will or the laws of descent and distribution  and, during
the lifetime of the person to whom granted, may be exercised only by such person
or his guardian or legal representative.  The Committee shall have discretionary
authority  to  grant  Awards  which  would  be  transferable  to  members  of an
employee's  immediate  family,  including  trusts for the benefit of such family
members and partnerships in which such family members are the only partners. For
purposes  of  paragraph  6.7,  a  transferred  Award  may  be  exercised  by the
transferee  to the extent that the  employee  would have been  entitled  had the
Award not been transferred.

6.7 DEATH,  RETIREMENT AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  To the extent provided in
this paragraph 6.7 and consistent with the rules for determining employee status
described  in  paragraph  6.8 below,  each Award  granted to an employee  may be
exercised by such


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 8
<PAGE>


Recipient after he ceases to be an employee. No Award, however, may be exercised
after the  Recipient  ceases to be an  employee,  except to the extent  that the
Award  was  exercisable  at the  time of such  cessation  nor may the  Award  be
exercisable after its term expires or it is otherwise cancelled.  If a Recipient
who has ceased to be an employee  resumes any such position  before the time for
exercising his Award under this Section has expired,  the Award shall thereafter
be  exercisable to the same extent as if the Recipient had never ceased to be an
employee.  If the Award,  however,  has ceased to be  exercisable,  it shall not
again become exercisable even if the Recipient again becomes an employee.

         (a)      Except as provided in the Award,  if an employee  resigns,  is
                  discharged  or is otherwise  terminated  and his  resignation,
                  discharge or termination in not on account of misconduct, and,
                  if  such   Recipient  is  not   rendering   services  for  any
                  organization  engaged  directly or  indirectly in any business
                  which, in the opinion of the Committee, competes with or is in
                  conflict  with  the  interest  of the  Company,  or any of its
                  Subsidiaries,  his Award, to the extent exercisable under this
                  Section,  may be exercised  within three months after the date
                  of  such   Recipient's   resignation,   discharge   or   other
                  termination. If such resignation,  discharge or termination is
                  on account of  misconduct,  or, such  Recipient  is  rendering
                  services for any  organization as described  above,  his Award
                  shall terminate and shall no longer be exercisable upon notice
                  of such  resignation,  discharge or  termination.  A Recipient
                  shall be considered to have been  terminated for misconduct if
                  he  resigns,  is  discharged  or is  otherwise  terminated  on
                  account of (1) a conviction of a felony, (2)  misappropriation
                  of the assets or property of the Company,  or any  Subsidiary,
                  (3) a violation of any of the Company's (or its Subsidiaries')
                  policies  or  procedures,  or (4) a  refusal  to carry out the
                  reasonable directions of the Board.

         (b)      Except as otherwise  provided in an Award, if a Recipient dies
                  while he could have exercised his Award  (whether  pursuant to
                  this  paragraph  or  otherwise),  the  Award,  to  the  extent
                  exercisable  under this Section,  may be exercised  within 365
                  days  after  the   Recipient's   death  by  the  executors  or
                  administrators of his estate or by any person who has acquired
                  the  Award   directly   from  the   Recipient  by  bequest  or
                  inheritance.

         (c)      Except  as  otherwise  provided  in an Award,  if a  Recipient
                  ceases  active   service  as  an  employee  on  account  of  a
                  Disability,  the  Recipient  may  exercise  the Award,  to the
                  extent  exercisable under this Section,  within 365 days after
                  his last day of work.

         (d)      Except as otherwise provided in an Award granted subsequent to
                  January 26, 1995,  if a Recipient  terminates  active  service
                  because of Retirement  (and not on account of  misconduct,  as
                  determined under subparagraph (a)), the exercise period of the
                  Award shall  automatically be extended to its expiration date.
                  In addition,  the Committee may, in its discretion,  extend to
                  the  expiration  date the  exercise  period of Awards  granted
                  prior to January 26,


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 9
<PAGE>


                  1995, for Recipients who terminate active  service  because of
                  Retirement  (and not on account of  misconduct,  as determined
                  under subparagraph (a)).

6.8  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  A Recipient  shall cease to be an employee upon
his death, cessation of active services by reason of a Disability,  resignation,
Retirement,  discharge  or  layoff.  Solely  for  purposes  of  this  Plan,  the
employment  relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while an employee
is on  military  leave,  sick leave or other  bona fide leave of absence  (to be
determined in the sole  discretion of the  Committee) and it shall not terminate
because of the transfer of an employee  among the Company and its  Subsidiaries.
In the case of an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  however,  employment  shall not be
deemed to continue  beyond the  ninetieth  day after the optionee  ceases active
employment for the Company, or a Subsidiary,  unless the optionee's reemployment
rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract. A Recipient shall also cease to
be an  employee  on the date he  ceases  to be  employed  by the  Company,  or a
Subsidiary,  in  connection  with the sale of a  business  or  facility.  If the
Recipient works for a Subsidiary which ceases to be a Subsidiary  because of the
sale of stock or assets,  the Recipient shall also cease to be an employee.  The
two  preceding  sentences  shall  apply even if the  Recipient  continues  to be
employed  by the  former  Subsidiary,  or the  buyer  of  assets,  or any  other
successor.


Section 7.        DIRECTOR STOCK OPTIONS

7.1 GRANT OF DIRECTOR STOCK OPTIONS. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4 and
8, Director Stock Options shall be granted to Eligible  Directors as provided in
this  paragraph 7.1 and the Committee  shall have no discretion  with respect to
any matters set forth in this Section 7.

         (a)      Vesting.  Each  Director  Stock Option shall be 100% vested on
                  the date of grant and exercisable in three annual installments
                  on the first and on each succeeding anniversary of the date of
                  granting  thereof.  Each  installment  shall allow an Eligible
                  Director  to  acquire  one-third  ( ) of the  total  number of
                  shares  subject to such Director  Stock  Option.  The right to
                  purchase  any shares  under a Director  Stock  Option shall be
                  cumulative,  so that when the right to purchase any shares has
                  accrued,  such shares may be  purchased  at any time,  or from
                  time to time,  thereafter  until  expiration  of the  Director
                  Stock  Option,  and  such  expiration  shall  be on the  tenth
                  anniversary  of the  date  of  grant  of such  Director  Stock
                  Option.

         (b)      Number of Shares.  Director  Stock Options shall be granted as
                  follows:

                  (i)      Each person who is an Eligible  Director  immediately
                           after  adjournment of the Company's annual meeting of
                           shareowners  (the "Annual  Meeting")  in 1989,  shall
                           automatically  be  granted  on the  date of the  1989
                           Annual  Meeting a  Director  Stock  Option  for 3,000
                           shares of Common  Stock (an "Initial  Director  Stock
                           Option Grant");



                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 10
<PAGE>


                  (ii)     Each other  person who is  elected  or  appointed  to
                           serve as a director of the Company,  or a Subsidiary,
                           after the 1989 Annual  Meeting and who is an Eligible
                           Director  shall,  upon  his  initial  appointment  or
                           election as an Eligible Director,  if such person has
                           not already received an Initial Director Stock Option
                           Grant,  automatically  be  granted a  Director  Stock
                           Option for 3,000  shares of Common Stock (which shall
                           also be  referred to as an  "Initial  Director  Stock
                           Option Grant");

                  (iii)    Commencing  immediately  after the adjournment of the
                           Annual Meeting in 199(5),  and immediately  after the
                           adjournment   of  the   Annual   Meeting   each  year
                           thereafter,  each person who was an Eligible Director
                           immediately  following  such  Annual  Meeting,  shall
                           automatically  be granted a Director Stock Option for
                           2,000  shares of Common  Stock if,  but only if,  the
                           return on common  equity of the  Company as set forth
                           in the Company's annual report to shareowners for the
                           immediately  preceding  fiscal  year is  equal  to or
                           greater than ten percent (10%); and

                  (iv)     If a Director  Stock  Option  granted  under the Plan
                           shall expire or terminate for any reason,  the shares
                           subject to such Director  Stock Option grant shall be
                           available for other  Director  Stock Option grants to
                           the  same  Eligible   Directors  or  other   Eligible
                           Directors.

         (c)      Price.  The price at which  shares may be  purchased  upon the
                  exercise of a Director  Stock Option shall be 100% of the Fair
                  Market  Value of such shares on the date such  Director  Stock
                  Option is granted.

         (d)      Payment.  The price upon exercise of any Director Stock Option
                  shall  be  payable  in  full  either  (1) in  cash,  or (2) by
                  tendering shares of previously  acquired Common Stock having a
                  Fair Market  Value at the time of exercise  equal to the total
                  price to be paid for the  Director  Stock  Option,  or (3) any
                  combination  of (1) and (2).  No  shares  shall  be  delivered
                  pursuant  to an  exercise  of a Director  Stock  Option  until
                  payment in full of the option  price  therefor  is received by
                  the   Company   and   no    Eligible    Director,    guardian,
                  representative,   legatee  or   distributee  of  any  Eligible
                  Director  shall be deemed to be a holder of any shares subject
                  to a  Director  Stock  Option  prior to the  issuance  of such
                  shares upon exercise of such Director Stock Option.

         (e)      Transferability.   A   Director   Stock   Option  may  not  be
                  transferred  except  by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and
                  distribution and, during the lifetime of the Eligible Director
                  to whom granted,  may be exercised  only by such person or his
                  guardian or legal  representative  provided,  however,  that a
                  Director Stock Option shall be  transferable  to members of an
                  Eligible Director's immediate family, including trusts for the
                  benefit of such family members and  partnerships in which such
                  family members are the only partners. If an


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 11
<PAGE>


                  Eligible Director dies, all Director Stock Options shall be 
                  immediately exercisable and may be exercised, subject to the 
                  last sentence in subparagraph  7.1(a),  by the executor or 
                  administrator of his  estate or by any person who has acquired
                  the Director Stock Option directly from the Eligible Director
                  by bequest or inheritance.

Section 8.        DURATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan  shall  remain in  effect,  subject  to the  Board's  right to  earlier
terminate  the Plan  pursuant to paragraph  10.1 hereof,  until all Common Stock
subject to it shall have been  purchased or acquired  pursuant to the provisions
hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Director Stock Option, Option or Stock
Appreciation  Right may be granted  under the Plan on or after the tenth  (10th)
anniversary of the Plan's original effective date of October 20, 1989.


Section 9.        GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.  Each Recipient and Eligible  Director who shall
be granted an Option or Director  Stock  Option,  as the case may be,  under the
Plan  may  designate  a  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries   and  may  change  such
designation  from time to time by filing a written  designation of beneficiaries
with the  Committee  on a form to be  prescribed  by it,  provided  that no such
designation  shall  be  effective  unless  so filed  prior to the  death of such
Recipient or Eligible Director, as the case may be.

9.2 NO RIGHT OF CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT. Neither the establishment of the Plan, the
granting  of  Options  or Stock  Appreciation  Rights,  nor the  payment  of any
benefits hereunder nor any action of the Company or of the Board of Directors or
of the Committee  shall be held or construed to confer upon any person any legal
right to be continued in the employ of the Company, or its Subsidiaries, each of
which  expressly  reserves the right to  discharge  any  Recipient  whenever the
interest  of any such  company in its sole  discretion  may so  require  without
liability to such company, the Board of Directors or the Committee, except as to
any rights which may be expressly conferred upon such Recipient under the Plan.

9.3 NO  SEGREGATION  OF CASH OR SHARES.  The  Company  shall not be  required to
segregate  any cash or any  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  may at any time be
represented by Options or Director  Stock Options and the Plan shall  constitute
an "unfunded" plan of the Company.  No Recipient or Eligible Director shall have
voting or other  rights  with  respect  to shares of Common  Stock  prior to the
delivery of such shares.  The Company shall not, by any  provisions of the Plan,
be deemed to be a trustee of any  Common  Stock or any other  property,  and the
liabilities of the Company to any Recipient or Eligible Director pursuant to the
Plan shall be those of a debtor  pursuant to such  contract  obligations  as are
created by or pursuant to the Plan,  and the rights of any Recipient or Eligible
Director,  former Recipient or Eligible  Director or beneficiary  under the Plan
shall be limited to those of a general creditor of the Company.


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 12
<PAGE>


In its sole  discretion,  the Board of Directors  may  authorize the creation of
trusts or other  arrangements  to meet the  obligations of the Company under the
Plan, provided,  however, that existence of such trusts or other arrangements is
consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.

9.4 DELIVERY OF SHARES. No share shall be delivered  pursuant to any exercise of
an  Option  or Stock  Appreciation  Right or  Director  Stock  Option  until the
requirements  of such laws and regulations as may be deemed by the Committee (or
the Board with respect to Director Stock  Options) to be applicable  thereto are
satisfied.  At the  discretion  of the  Committee,  any Award or Director  Stock
Option may provide that the holder,  by accepting  such Award or Director  Stock
Option,  represents and agrees,  for such holder's permitted  transferees,  that
none of the shares acquired  through such grants will be acquired with a view of
any sale, transfer or distribution of said shares in violation of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations  promulgated  thereunder,
or any  applicable  "blue sky" laws,  and the holder of such Award shall furnish
evidence   satisfactory   to  the  Company   (including  a  written  and  signed
representation)  to  that  effect  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Company,  including  an  indemnification  of the  Company  in the  event  of any
violation by such person of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  or state
blue sky law.

9.5  CANCELLATION  OF  OPTIONS  AND STOCK  APPRECIATION  RIGHTS.  Subject to the
provisions of paragraph 10.1, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and with
or without cause,  cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right, in whole or in
part,  to  the  extent  it has  not  theretofore  been  exercised,  however,  no
modification of an Award shall, without the consent of the Recipient, materially
alter or impair any rights of such Recipient under the Award.

9.6 NEW JERSEY LAW TO GOVERN AND  REQUIREMENTS OF LAW. All questions  pertaining
to the  construction,  regulation,  validity and effect of the provisions of the
Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
The granting of Options,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights and Director Stock Options
and the  issuance  of shares of Common  Stock  upon the  exercise  of an Option,
Director  Stock  Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall be  subject  to all
applicable  laws,   rules  and  regulations,   and  to  such  approvals  by  any
governmental or national securities  exchanges as may be required.  No Option or
Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall be  granted  to a person  if the grant to such
person shall make this Plan ineligible for registration under Form S-8.

9.7 PAYMENTS AND TAX WITHHOLDING.  The delivery of any shares of Common Stock or
the payment of any amount in respect to a Stock  Appreciation Right shall be for
the account of the Company  and any such  delivery or payment  shall not be made
until  the  Recipient  or  Eligible   Director  shall  have  made   arrangements
satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any applicable withholding taxes;
however, a Recipient or Eligible Director,  as the case may be, may satisfy this
obligation in whole or in part by electing to have the Company withhold from the
distribution, shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the amount required
to be  withheld.  The value of the shares to be  withheld  shall be based on the
Fair Market  Value of the Common  Stock on the date that the amount of tax to be
withheld shall be determined.


                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 13
<PAGE>


Section 10.       AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

10.1 AMENDMENTS, SUSPENSION OR DISCONTINUANCE. The Board of Directors may amend,
suspend or discontinue the Plan, provided,  however, that except as permitted by
subparagraph  4.1(c), the Board of Directors may not, without the prior approval
of the  shareowners  of the Company,  make any amendment  for which  shareowners
approval is  necessary  to comply with New Jersey law or any  applicable  tax or
regulatory  requirement,  including for these purposes any approval  requirement
which is a prerequisite for exemptive relief under Section 16(b) of the Exchange
Act, and provided, further, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall in any
manner adversely affect any Award, or Director Stock Option theretofore  granted
under the Plan without the consent of the Recipient or Eligible Director, as the
case may be.

10.2 RIGHT OF FIRST  REFUSAL.  The Committee  may, from time to time,  before or
after a grant of any  Option,  establish  such rights of the Company to have the
right of first  refusal with  respect to the sale of any Common  Stock  acquired
pursuant to the Plan.

10.3 THE  COMMITTEE.  The Board of  Directors  may,  from  time to time,  remove
members  from or add  members  to the  Committee.  Vacancies  on the  Committee,
however  caused,  shall be  filled  by the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board of
Directors  shall  appoint one of the members of the  Committee as Chairman.  The
Committee shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine. Acts
of a majority of the Committee at which a quorum is present,  or acts reduced to
writing or approved  in writing by a majority  of the  members of the  Committee
shall be valid acts of the Committee.



To  record  the  adoption  of  various  amendments  to the Plan by the  Board of
Directors  on October 20, 1994,  and the  shareowners  on January 26, 1995,  the
Company has caused its authorized officers to affix the corporate name hereto.







                                               BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION



                                               By: /s/
                                                  -----------------------------






                                 EXH 10(g) - Page 14



                                                                   Exhibit 10(n)


                             SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

     THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") by and among Bergen Brunswig
Corporation,  a New Jersey  corporation  (the  "Company"),  Milan A. Sawdei (the
"Executive")  and,  solely for  purposes of Section 6 hereof,  Cardinal  Health,
Inc., an Ohio corporation ("Cardinal"), is dated as of August 23, 1997.


                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     WHEREAS,  the Company has entered into an Agreement  and Plan of Merger (as
the same may be amended from time to time, the "Merger  Agreement")  dated as of
August 23, 1997, with Cardinal and Bruin Merger Corp., a New Jersey  corporation
and wholly owned  subsidiary of Cardinal  ("Subcorp"),  whereby  Subcorp will be
merged as of the Effective  Time (as defined in the Merger  Agreement)  with and
into the Company (the "Merger"),  with the Company as the surviving  corporation
of the Merger (and references  herein to the "Company" refer to the Company both
before and after the Merger); and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend certain of the terms
and  conditions  under which the  Executive  will continue to be employed by the
Company.


                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and  agreements of the parties  herein  contained,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:


     1.   The Employment  Agreement between the Executive and the Company dated 
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
as of April 21, 1994 (the "Employment Agreement") is hereby amended as set forth
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
in this Section 1, effective as of the date of this Agreement.
- -------------------------------------------------------------

          (a) Section 2 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read in
its entirety as follows:

                  Effective  Date and Term. The effective date of this Agreement
                  (the  "Effective  Date") shall be April 21,  1994.  Unless the
                  Executive's  employment  is sooner  terminated  as provided in
                  Section 6, the Company  shall employ the  Executive  until the
                  third  anniversary of the Transaction  Date (as defined below)
                  (such  anniversary,  the "Expiration  Date"). The "Transaction
                  Date"  means the day on which  occurs the  Effective  Time (as
                  defined in the Merger  Agreement  dated as of August 23, 1997,
                  by and among the Company,  Cardinal Health, Inc., ("Cardinal")
                  and Bruin Merger  Corp.  (as the same may be amended from time
                  to time, the "Merger Agreement")). All references in Section 5


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 1
<PAGE>


                  of this  Agreement to the Effective  Date are hereby deemed to
                  refer to August 23, 1997.

          (b) Section 3(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read
in its entirety as follows:

                  (a) Position. During the term of this Agreement, the Executive
                  shall be  employed  by the  Company,  and shall  perform  such
                  duties and responsibilities of an executive nature, consistent
                  with the Executive's training, education and experience as may
                  be  determined  from  time to time by the  Company's  Board of
                  Directors  (the  "Board" or the "Board of  Directors")  or its
                  lawfully designated representative. In addition, following the
                  Transaction  Date,  the  Executive  shall  be  a  Senior  Vice
                  President and Assistant General Counsel of Cardinal.

          (c) The second sentence of Section 5(a) of the Employment Agreement is
hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  The Base  Salary as of the  Transaction  Date will be reviewed
                  annually as of each anniversary of the Transaction Date during
                  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  and  shall  be  increased  as
                  necessary  to  cause  the  Base  Salary  to  be  substantially
                  comparable  to the base  salaries of other  executives  of the
                  same  level  of  importance,  responsibility  and  performance
                  within Cardinal (hereinafter, "Peer Company Executives").

          (d) The first sentence of Section 5(b) of the Employment  Agreement is
hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  On each of the first three  anniversaries  of the  Transaction
                  Date,  the Company  shall pay to the Executive a bonus in such
                  amount as may determined by the Company in its discretion,  in
                  accordance  with the  criteria  used by the  Company  for Peer
                  Company Executives;  provided, however, that in no event shall
                  such  annual  bonus  for any year be less than  fifty  percent
                  (50%) of the  average of the two most  recent  annual  bonuses
                  received by the Executive before the Transaction Date, and the
                  Executive's  target bonus shall in each case be at least equal
                  to  the   Executive's   target  bonus  as  in  effect  on  the
                  Transaction Date.

          (e) The last  subsection of Section 5 of the  Employment  Agreement is
hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  During  the term of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be
                  entitled  to  receive  all  benefits  and   perquisites   made
                  available to Peer Company  Executives  from time to time. Such
                  benefits and perquisites shall include the Company's Executive
                  A Healthcare program,  401(k) Plan and first class air travel;
                  provided,  that the  Company  shall not be required to provide
                  any particular  benefit or perquisite so long as the aggregate
                  value  of  the   Executive's   benefits  and   perquisites  is
                  substantially  equivalent to such value as of the  Transaction


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 2
<PAGE>


                  Date, and any changes to such benefits and  perquisites  shall
                  be reasonable, taking into account the nature of such benefits
                  and  perquisites as well as their value to the  Executive.  In
                  addition,  during  the term of this  Agreement  following  the
                  Transaction  Date,  the  Executive  shall  be  eligible  to be
                  considered  for grants of options to purchase  common stock of
                  Cardinal pursuant to the Cardinal Equity Incentive Plan on the
                  standard  terms and  conditions  applicable  to option  grants
                  thereunder to similarly situated Cardinal executives.

          (f) Section  6(d) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
deleting the first sentence thereof and adding the following additional sentence
at the end thereof:

                  The  Company  shall  also  have  the  right to  terminate  the
                  Executive's employment under this Agreement without Cause upon
                  thirty  calendar  days' written  notice to the  Executive,  in
                  which event the  Executive  shall be entitled to the severance
                  payments provided for in Section 13 of this Agreement.

          (g) Clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 6(e) of the Employment
Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  (i) without the express written consent of the Executive,  the
                  assignment   to  the   Executive  by  the  Company  of  duties
                  inconsistent with Section 3(a) hereof;

          (h)  Clause  (iii)  of the  first  sentence  of  Section  6(e)  of the
Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  (iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
                  office or location that is not within 25 miles from the office
                  at which the Executive is based on the  Transaction  Date (any
                  such other office or location,  a  "Nonqualifying  Location"),
                  other  than  business   trips   reasonably   required  in  the
                  performance  of the  Executive's  responsibilities  under this
                  Agreement;   provided,   that  if  the  Company  notifies  the
                  Executive  that  it  desires  to  assign  the  Executive  to a
                  position   requiring   the   Executive   to  be   based  at  a
                  Nonqualifying  Location,  the Executive agrees to consider, in
                  good  faith  and in light  of the  proposed  location,  title,
                  responsibilities,  supervisory and surbordinate  relationships
                  and other  material  factors  relating  to such  position  and
                  location,  whether to accept such  position and such  location
                  change, in the Executive's sole discretion; or

          (i) The  portion  of Section  6(e) of the  Employment  Agreement  that
follows the first sentence  thereof is hereby  replaced in its entirety with the
following:

                  If  the  Executive   elects  to  terminate   the   Executive's
                  employment for Good Reason,  the Executive shall so notify the
                  Company  in  writing   after  the   occurrence  of  the  event
                  constituting  Good  Reason,  specifying  the  basis  for  such
                  termination.  If the Company fails, within ten (10) days after


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 3
<PAGE>


                  receiving  such  written  notice,  to  remedy  the  facts  and
                  circumstances  that  provided  Good  Reason,  the  Executive's
                  employment  shall be deemed to have terminated for Good Reason
                  on the  tenth  day after the  Company  receives  such  written
                  notice,  and the Executive  shall be entitled to the severance
                  payments  provided  for in  Section  13. If the  Company  does
                  remedy such facts and circumstances within such ten (10) days,
                  the  Executive  shall be deemed to no longer have Good Reason,
                  and  shall  continue  in the  employ of the  Company  as if no
                  notice had been given.

          (j) The first  sentence of Section 9 of the  Employment  Agreement  is
hereby  amended  by  deleting  the  phrase  "During  the Term  hereof,  the" and
substituting the word "The."

          (k) Section 13 of the  Employment  Agreement is hereby amended to read
in its entirety as follows:

                  BREACH  BY  THE  COMPANY;  DAMAGES;  ATTORNEYS'  FEES.  If the
                  Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive for Good
                  Reason or by the Company  without Cause (as defined in Section
                  6(d) of this Employment Agreement),  the Company shall provide
                  the Executive with the following  compensation and benefits as
                  liquidated damages for such termination: the Company (i) shall
                  continue to pay the Executive the Base Salary,  at the rate in
                  effect as of the date of such  termination of employment,  for
                  and with  respect to the period  beginning on the date of such
                  termination of employment  and ending on the  Expiration  Date
                  (hereinafter the "Continuation Period"), at the same times and
                  in the same manner as specified  in Section 5(a) hereof;  (ii)
                  shall pay the Executive, in lieu of annual bonuses pursuant to
                  Section 5(b) hereof,  an annual amount equal to the average of
                  the  Executive's  two most recent previous annual bonuses (or,
                  if the  Executive has not been employed by the Company for two
                  years,  the amount of the  Executive's  most  recent  previous
                  annual bonus before the date of such  termination) at the same
                  times and in the same manner as such annual bonuses would have
                  been  paid  pursuant  to  Section  5(b)  hereof;  (iii)  shall
                  continue to provide the Executive with a car allowance (or use
                  of a Company car, if  applicable)  on the terms and conditions
                  in effect  immediately  before the  termination of employment;
                  (iv)  shall  continue  to  provide  the  Executive  during the
                  Continuation  Period with group  health  benefits on terms and
                  conditions  substantially  similar  to those  provided  to the
                  Executive  immediately  before the  termination of employment;
                  provided,  that (x) if the  Group  Health  Benefits  cannot be
                  provided to the  Executive  under the terms of the  applicable
                  plans  or  applicable  law,  the  Company  shall  provide  the
                  Executive (and his family,  where  applicable) with substitute
                  benefits that are comparable and  substantially  equivalent in
                  value to such  benefits,  and (y) during  any period  when the
                  Executive  is  eligible  to receive  any such  benefits  under
                  another employer-provided plan or a government plan, the Group
                  Health Benefits or substitute benefits provided by the Company
                  under this clause (iv) may be made secondary to those provided
                  under such other plan; provided, that in all events



                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 4
<PAGE>


                  the Executive shall be entitled,  after such  termination,  to
                  participate  in the  Company's  Retired  Officer  Medical Plan
                  subject to the terms and conditions  thereof;  (v) shall, with
                  respect to each employee stock option held by the Executive as
                  of August 23, 1997 that remains outstanding but has not vested
                  and  become  exercisable  as of the date of such  termination,
                  either  (A)  cause  such  option to become  fully  vested  and
                  exercisable  as of the date of  termination or (B) arrange for
                  the  Executive  to enjoy a  status,  during  the  Continuation
                  Period,  such that such  option  continues  to vest and become
                  exercisable in accordance with its terms in the same manner as
                  would have  occurred if the  Executive  had remained  employed
                  under this Agreement  during the Continuation  Period,  as the
                  Company shall elect; provided,  that the Company may not elect
                  to take the action  provided for in clause (B) with respect to
                  options that are "incentive  stock options" within the meaning
                  of  Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
                  amended  ("ISOs"),  if such action would cause such options no
                  longer to qualify as ISOs;  and (v) shall pay all  amounts due
                  pursuant  to  Section  20  hereof,  subject  to the  terms and
                  conditions  of said Section 20. No mitigation of damages shall
                  be required  of the  Executive.  The Company  shall pay to the
                  Executive all reasonable  attorneys'  fees and necessary costs
                  and disbursements incurred by or on behalf of the Executive in
                  connection  with  or  as a  result  of a  dispute  under  this
                  Agreement  or the  Supplemental  Agreement,  if the  Executive
                  ultimately  prevails  in such  dispute.  Attorneys'  fees that
                  become  payable  pursuant to the preceding  sentence  shall be
                  paid by the Company  within thirty days of  presentment by the
                  Executive  to  the  Company  of an  invoice  received  by  the
                  Executive from the Executive's attorneys.

                         1. The Employment Agreement is hereby amended by adding
the  following  new  Sections at the end thereof,  reading in their  entirety as
follows:

                         19.  Survival.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of
                  this Agreement,  Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,
                  17, 18, 20 and this Section 19 shall  survive the  termination
                  of the  Executive's  employment  under this  Agreement and the
                  termination of this Agreement.

                         20.  (a)   Effective  as  of  ninety  days  before  the
                  Transaction   Date  (the  "Conversion   Date"),   all  of  the
                  Executive's benefits, rights and entitlements under the Bergen
                  Brunswig   Amended   and   Restated   Supplemental   Executive
                  Retirement Plan (the "SERP") and the Bergen  Brunswig  Capital
                  Accumulation  Plan  (the  "CAP"),  shall  be  replaced  by the
                  benefits  provided  by this  Section  20.  The  Company  shall
                  maintain  three  bookkeeping  accounts  for the benefit of the
                  Executive,  one of which  ("Account A"), which shall initially
                  be credited with  $226,012,  shall  represent the  Executive's
                  entire accrued benefit under the CAP (which is currently fully
                  vested),  one of which ("Account B"), which shall initially be
                  credited  with  $128,534,  shall  represent the portion of the
                  Executive's  accrued  benefit  under  the SERP  that was fully
                  vested as of the Conversion Date, without giving effect to the
                  provisions of Section  5.1(b) of the SERP, as in effect before
                  the amendment dated as of August 23, 1997,


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 5
<PAGE>


                  and one of which  ("Account  C"),  which  shall  initially  be
                  credited with $801,095,  shall represent the additional vested
                  benefit that would have been  credited to the  Executive as of
                  the  Conversion  Date  pursuant to said Section  5.1(b) before
                  such  amendment.  (Account  A,  Account  B and  Account  C are
                  referred  to  collectively  as the  "Accounts.")  The  amounts
                  credited to the Accounts  pursuant to the  foregoing  shall be
                  nonforfeitable  from and after the Conversion Date.  Except as
                  specifically  provided  in Section  20(c)  below,  each of the
                  Accounts  shall  be  credited  with  interest  on the  balance
                  therein   ("Interest")   at  the  rate  of  6.25%  per  annum,
                  compounded  quarterly,  from the  Conversion  Date  until  the
                  balance  therein  has been  reduced  to zero by  distributions
                  pursuant to Section 20(c).

                                    (b) The balance (with Interest) of Account A
                  and Account B and,  if Section  20(c) is not  applicable,  the
                  balance (with Interest) of Account C shall be paid or begin to
                  be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable after the date
                  of the Executive's  termination of employment with the Company
                  (whether  or not such  termination  occurs  during the term of
                  this  Agreement)  (such  date,  the  "Starting   Date").   The
                  Executive  shall be entitled to elect by written notice to the
                  Company  whether to receive payment in a single lump sum or in
                  annual  installments  over a  specified  period of years  (the
                  "Installment  Period").  Any  such  election  may be  revoked,
                  amended or superseded by a subsequent election; provided, that
                  no such  election  shall be  effective if it is made less than
                  one year  before the  Starting  Date.  If, as of the  Starting
                  Date,  the  Executive  has not made an  effective  election to
                  receive installment payments,  the Executive will be paid in a
                  single   lump  sum.  If  the   Executive   elects  to  receive
                  installment  payments,  then as soon as practicable  after the
                  Starting  Date,  and on each  anniversary  thereof  until  the
                  expiration of the  Installment  Period,  the  Executive  shall
                  receive a payment  equal to (i) the  balance  in Account A and
                  Account B and, if it is being paid  pursuant  to this  Section
                  20(b), the balance in Account C, divided by (ii) the number of
                  anniversaries   of  the   Starting   Date   remaining  in  the
                  Installment Period,  plus one.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                  in the event of the Executive's death before the Starting Date
                  or before  completion of any such  installment  payments,  any
                  balances in the Accounts that remain payable  hereunder  shall
                  be paid to the Executive's  designated beneficiary (or, if the
                  Executive had not designated a beneficiary, to the Executive's
                  estate) in a single lump sum as soon as practicable after such
                  death.

                                    (c) If the  Executive's  employment with the
                  Company  is  terminated  before  the  Expiration  Date  by the
                  Company for Cause or by the  Executive  without  Good  Reason,
                  then the  balance in Account C shall not be paid  pursuant  to
                  Section  20(b)  above,  but  shall  instead  be  paid  without
                  Interest (i) to the Executive on the Executive's 65th birthday
                  or (ii) if the  Executive  dies  before the  Executive's  65th
                  birthday,  to the Executive's  designated  beneficiary (or, if
                  the  Executive  had  not  designated  a  beneficiary,  to  the
                  Executive's estate) on the 65th anniversary of the Executive's
                  birth.


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 6
<PAGE>


                         2. The  promissory  note  evidencing  each  loan to the
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Executive  that  is  outstanding  as of the  date of this  Agreement  under  the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company's Executive Loan Program is hereby amended,  effective as of the date of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
this Agreement, by adding to it the following:
- ---------------------------------------------

                  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Note:  (i) the
                  consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement
                  and Plan of Merger dated as of August 23,  1997,  by and among
                  the Company, Cardinal Health, Inc., and Bruin Merger Corp. (as
                  the  same  may be  amended  from  time to  time,  the  "Merger
                  Agreement"),  shall not be deemed to  constitute  a "Change in
                  Control"  for purposes of this  Agreement,  and from and after
                  the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger  Agreement),  the
                  provisions  of  this  Note  providing  for   forgiveness   and
                  cancellation  of this Note upon a Change in  Control  shall be
                  null and void and of no further  force or effect;  and (ii) if
                  either (A) the Maker remains in continuous employment with the
                  Holder until the Expiration Date (as defined in the Employment
                  Agreement  between the Maker and the Holder  dated as of April
                  21,  1994 (the  "Employment  Agreement"),  as  amended  by the
                  Agreement  between the Maker and the Holder dated as of August
                  23, 1997 (the  "Supplemental  Agreement"))  or (B) the Maker's
                  employment   with  the  Holder  is   terminated   before  such
                  expiration  by the Holder  without  Cause or by the Maker with
                  Good Reason or as a result of the Maker's  death or disability
                  (as those terms are  defined in the  Employment  Agreement  as
                  amended  by  the  Supplemental   Agreement),   then  upon  the
                  Expiration   Date  or  the  date  of  such   termination,   as
                  applicable,  the entire unpaid  principal  balance of the Loan
                  shall be automatically forgiven and cancelled with no interest
                  due and without any further action required on the part of the
                  Holder  or its  Board  of  Directors,  and  the  Holder  shall
                  thereafter take such steps as the Maker may reasonably request
                  in order to evidence such  forgiveness and cancellation of the
                  Loan and the immediate release of the collateral  securing the
                  Loan.


                         3.  From  and  after  the date of this  Agreement,  the
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Severance  Agreement  dated as of April 21, 1994, by and between the Company and
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the Executive shall terminate and shall be null and void and of no further force
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
or effect,  and the Executive  shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
thereunder.
- ----------
                         4. (a) In consideration  for the addition of Section 20
                         -------------------------------------------------------
to the  Employment  Agreement  pursuant  to  Section  1(l)  above  and the  loan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
forgiveness  provided  pursuant  to Section 2 above,  during the  Noncompetition
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Period (as defined below),  the Executive  shall not,  without the prior written
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
consent  of the  Board,  engage  in or  become  associated  with  a  Competitive
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity. For purposes of this Section 4: (i) the "Noncompetition  Period" means
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) the period  during which the  Executive is employed by the Company or any of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
its affiliates, plus (B) the Continuation Period (if any) pursuant to Section 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the Employment Agreement,  as amended by Section 1 of this Agreement;  (ii) a
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Competitive Activity" means any
- --------------------------------


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 7
<PAGE>


business or other endeavor, in any county of any state of the United States of a
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
kind being  conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates  (the  "Affiliated
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Companies")  in  such  jurisdiction  as of the  Effective  Time  or at any  time
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
thereafter  through  such  date of  termination,  if and  only if the  Executive
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
performed   services  in  such  business  or  endeavor  during  the  Executive's
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
employment  by the  Company;  provided,  that no business  or endeavor  shall be
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
deemed to be a Competitive  Activity if it is not a Competitive  Activity at the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
time the Executive begins participating in such business or endeavor;  and (iii)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the Executive shall be considered to have become  "associated with a Competitive
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity" if the Executive becomes directly or indirectly  involved as an owner,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor,  representative,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stockholder,  financial backer, agent, partner, advisor, lender, or in any other
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
individual  or  representative   capacity  with  any  individual,   partnership,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
corporation  or other  organization  that is engaged in a Competitive  Activity.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Executive may make and retain  investments
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
during  the  Noncompetition  Period in less than  four and  nine-tenths  percent
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4.9%) of the equity of any entity  engaged in a Competitive  Activity,  if such
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
equity is listed on a national  securities  exchange or  regularly  traded in an
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
over-the-counter market.
- ------------------------
                         (b) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the
purpose of the  noncompetition  covenant  of this  Section 4 is to  protect  the
goodwill,  trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company being
acquired  by  Cardinal;  (ii)  because  of the nature of the  business  in which
Cardinal,  the Company and the  Affiliated  Companies are engaged and because of
the nature of the Confidential Information to which the Executive has access, it
would be impractical and  excessively  difficult to determine the actual damages
of Cardinal, the Company and the Affiliated Companies in the event the Executive
breached the  noncompetition  covenant of this Section 4; and (iii)  remedies at
law (such as monetary  damages)  for any breach of the  Executive's  obligations
under this Section 4 would be  inadequate.  The Executive  therefore  agrees and
consents that if the Executive commits any material breach of the noncompetition
covenant of this Section 4, and the  Executive  fails to cure such breach within
15 days after  receiving  notice from the Company  thereof,  the Executive shall
forfeit all of the Executive's  rights to any unpaid pay or benefits pursuant to
Section  13 of the  Employment  Agreement,  as  amended  by  Section  1 of  this
Agreement,  other than the  Executive's  rights  with  respect  to the  Accounts
pursuant  to  Section  20  thereof,  and the  Company  shall  have the right (in
addition to, and not in lieu of, any other right or remedy that may be available
to it) to temporary  and permanent  injunctive  relief from a court of competent
jurisdiction,  without  posting  any  bond or other  security  and  without  the
necessity  of proof of actual  damage.  With  respect to any  provision  of this
Section  4  finally  determined  by a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to be
unenforceable,  the Executive and the Company hereby agree that such court shall
have jurisdiction to reform this Agreement or any provision hereof so that it is
enforceable  to the maximum  extent  permitted by law, and the parties  agree to
abide by such  court's  determination.  If the  noncompetition  covenant of this
Section  4 is  determined  to  be  wholly  or  partially  unenforceable  in  any
jurisdiction, such determination shall not be


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 8
<PAGE>


a bar to or in any way diminish the Company's  right to enforce such covenant in
any other jurisdiction.

                         5. The Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that each of
                         -------------------------------------------------------
the Bergen Brunswig Amended and Restated Supplemental  Executive Retirement Plan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(the "SERP") and the Amended and Restated Bergen Brunswig  Capital  Accumulation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan (the "CAP") has been amended,  and the Company has executed an amendment to
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the Master Trust Agreement for Bergen Brunswig  Corporation  Executive  Deferral
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plans dated as of December  27, 1994,  between the Company and Wachovia  Bank of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North  Carolina,  N.A.,  which amendment the Company intends to have executed by
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the  Trustee.  Such  amendments  provide  that,  except  as  set  forth  in  the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
immediately  following  sentence,  (i) the  consummation of the Merger shall not
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
effectuate a "Change in Control" within the meaning thereof,  and (ii) effective
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
as of the Effective  Time,  all  provisions  thereof that relate to a "Change in
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Control"  shall  be null  and  void and of no  further  effect,  as if  deleted.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consummation of the Merger shall effectuate a
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Change in Control"  solely for purposes of giving effect to (A) the  provisions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of Section  5.1(b)(i)  of the SERP that call for full  vesting  of the  "Accrued
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit" of each  "Participant"  upon a "Change in Control"  (as those terms are
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
defined in the SERP, as amended to exclude from  participation,  contingent upon
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
consummation  of the Merger,  the  Executive and certain  other  executives  who
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
previously participated therein), and (B) the provisions of Section 5.4(a)(F) of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the CAP that call for the benefit of a  "Participant"  that is "Accrued" as of a
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Change in Control" (without giving effect to clauses (A)-(E) of Section 5.4(a))
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to become fully "Vested" as of a "Change in Control" (as those terms are defined
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
in the CAP, as similarly amended to exclude from participation,  contingent upon
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
consummation  of the Merger,  the  Executive and certain  other  executives  who
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
previously  participated  therein).  The Executive hereby irrevocably waives any
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rights the Executive may have to require the Company to fund or pre-fund, upon a
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
change in control, future benefits under the Retired Officers Medical Plan.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         6.  Effective as of the  Effective  Time of the Merger,
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Cardinal  hereby  irrevocably,  absolutely  and  unconditionally  guarantees the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
payment by the Company of all compensation  that the Company is obligated to pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to the  Executive  pursuant  to the  Employment  Agreement  and this  Agreement,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
including  without  limitation the amount payable  pursuant to Section 20 of the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employment Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of said Section 20.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         7. (a) (i) In  addition to any other  payment  required
                         -------------------------------------------------------
pursuant to this Agreement and the Employment  Agreement as amended hereby,  the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company shall pay the Executive the amount (the "Gross-up  Bonus")  necessary to
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
provide the Executive,  on an After-Tax Basis, with the amount equal to the 4999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amount.  As an advance  against the  Company's  obligation  to pay the  Gross-up
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bonus,  the  Company  shall pay to the  Executive,  within  ten (10) days of the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
receipt of Tax Counsel's  opinion  described in Section 7(b) below,  a cash lump
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sum payment
- -----------


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 9
<PAGE>


(the "Gross-Up  Advance")  equal to the Gross-up Bonus (if any) as determined by
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax Counsel  and set forth in Tax  Counsel's  opinion,  along with a copy of Tax
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Counsel's opinion.
- -----------------
                         (b) (i) If the Company or the  Executive  believes that
Code Section 4999 will apply to the Executive, such party shall notify the other
party.  Within  three (3) days of such  notice,  the Company  shall  request the
Company's  independent  auditors  to select Tax  Counsel to  calculate  the 4999
Amount and the Gross-up Bonus. Such Tax Counsel shall be retained by the Company
within  ten (10) days of the  notice  described  in the first  sentence  of this
Section 7(a). Tax Counsel's fees and other costs shall be paid by the Company.

                         (ii) Within thirty (30) days of retention,  Tax Counsel
shall prepare a written opinion addressed to both the Company and the Executive,
setting forth his or her determination of the 4999 Amount and the Gross-up Bonus
applicable to the  Executive.  Tax Counsel's  opinion shall set forth his or her
calculations and factual assumptions used in arriving at his or her opinion.

                         (iii)  For  purposes  of  Tax  Counsel's  opinion,  Tax
Counsel may take into  account such facts and  circumstances  as he or she deems
relevant.  Tax Counsel also may take into account such  authorities as he or she
deems  relevant,  and  shall  not be  limited  to those  items  that  constitute
"substantial authority" under Section 6661 of the Code.

                         (c) As a result of the  uncertainty in the  application
of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the  determination of the 4999 Amount
and the Gross-up Bonus by Tax Counsel,  it is possible that the actual  Gross-Up
Bonus will exceed the sum of the Gross-Up  Advance plus any amounts  advanced to
the Executive  pursuant to Section 7(d) below (such excess, an  "Underpayment"),
or that  the sum of the  Gross-up  Advance  plus  any  amounts  advanced  to the
Executive  pursuant to Section 7(d) below will exceed the actual  Gross-Up Bonus
(such excess,  an  "Overpayment").  In the event of an  Underpayment,  after the
Company exhausts its remedies  pursuant to Section 7(d) below, such Underpayment
shall be promptly  paid by the  Company to or for the benefit of the  Executive,
together  with an amount equal to any interest  actually  paid by the  Executive
with respect to such  underpayment  pursuant to Section 6601 of the Code. In the
event  that  it is  finally  determined,  pursuant  to  Section  7(d)  below  or
otherwise,  that an Overpayment  has occurred,  the Executive shall repay to the
Company  the amount of the  Overpayment,  together  with an amount  equal to any
interest  actually  received by the Executive  with respect to such  Overpayment
pursuant to Section 6611 of the Code.

                         (d) The  Executive  shall notify the Company in writing
of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would require
the payment by the Company to the Executive of a Gross-Up Bonus or Underpayment.
Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 10
<PAGE>


business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall
apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim
is requested  to be paid.  The  Executive  shall not pay such claim prior to the
expiration of the 30-day period  following the date on which the Executive gives
such notice to the Company (or such  shorter  period  ending on the date that is
five days before the date that any  payment of taxes with  respect to such claim
is  due).  If the  Company  notifies  the  Executive  in  writing  prior  to the
expiration  of such  period  that it desires to contest  such  claim,  or if the
Company  notifies the  Executive  that it desires the Executive to bring a claim
for refund that, if successful,  would result in an  Overpayment,  the Executive
shall:

                         (i)  give  the  Company  any   information   reasonably
requested by the Company relating to such claim,

                         (ii) take such action in connection  with contesting or
pursuing such claim (as applicable) as the Company shall  reasonably  request in
writing  from  time to time,  including,  without  limitation,  accepting  legal
representation  with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by
the Company,

                         (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
effectively to contest or pursue such claim (as applicable),

                         (iv) and  permit  the  Company  to  participate  in any
proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly, on an After-Tax
Basis  with  respect  to  the  Executive,  all  costs  and  expenses  (including
additional  interest and penalties)  incurred in connection  with the contest or
pursuit (as applicable) of such claim. Without limiting the foregoing provisions
of this  Section  7(d),  the  Company  shall  control all  proceedings  taken in
connection with such claim and, at its sole option,  may pursue or forgo any and
all  administrative  appeals,  proceedings,  hearings and  conferences  with the
taxing  authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole  option,  either
direct the  Executive to pay any tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the
claim in any permissible  manner,  and the Executive agrees to contest or pursue
such claim to a determination before any administrative  tribunal, in a court of
initial  jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts, as the Company shall
determine;  provided,  however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay
such claim and sue for a refund,  the Company  shall  advance the amount of such
payment to the Executive,  on an interest-free  basis, and on an After-Tax Basis
with respect to the Executive.

                         (e) For purposes of this Section 7, the following terms
shall have the meanings set forth below:

                         (i) "4999  Amount"  shall mean the amount of excise tax
for which the Executive is liable under Section 4999 of the Internal


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 11
<PAGE>


Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or any successor provision, after
taking into  consideration all compensation  includable in the computation under
Section 280G of the Code (or its successor), other than compensation or benefits
specifically  contractually excluded from this computation under terms set forth
in the applicable  benefit plan or other written  agreement  between the Company
and the Executive.  Without limiting the foregoing,  such computation shall take
into account all Gross-up Bonus and Gross-up Advance payments  received or to be
received by the Executive under this Agreement.

                                    (ii) "After-Tax Basis" shall mean on a basis
                  taking into  account all  federal,  state and local income and
                  employment  taxes,  based upon the highest  marginal  rates of
                  such  taxes  actually  applicable  to  the  Executive  in  the
                  relevant year or years.

                                    (iii) "Tax  Counsel"  shall mean an attorney
                  at law or certified  public  account who (A) is a partner at a
                  law  firm of at least 25  attorneys  or at a "Big 6"  national
                  accounting firm,  which firm has not provided  services to the
                  Company or any affiliate of the Company  within the last year,
                  (B) is experienced in matters  concerning  Section 280G of the
                  Code, and (C) is retained pursuant to Section 7(a) above.

                         (f) In  consideration  of the  foregoing  provisions of
this Section 7, the Executive agrees to use reasonable efforts at no cost to the
Executive to minimize the 4999 Amount.

                         8. If the  Executive  remains  employed  by the Company
                         -------------------------------------------------------
from the date hereof through  December 31, 1997,  then on December 31, 1997, the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
entire  unpaid  principal  balance  of each loan to the  Executive  that is then
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
outstanding  under the Company's  Executive Loan Program shall be  automatically
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
forgiven  and  cancelled  with no interest  due and  without any further  action
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
required on the part of the Company or its Board of  Directors,  and the Company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shall  thereafter  take such steps as the  Executive may  reasonably  request in
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
order  to  evidence  such  forgiveness  and  cancellation  of the  loan  and the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
immediate release of the collateral securing such loan.
- ------------------------------------------------------

                         9.  From  and  after  the date of this  Agreement,  any
                         -------------------------------------------------------
reference  to  "this  Agreement"  in the  Employment  Agreement  shall  mean the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employment Agreement as amended by this Supplemental Agreement.
- --------------------------------------------------------------

                         10.  Nothing  in this  Agreement  or in the  Employment
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Agreement  as  amended  hereby  shall be  construed  to limit the  rights of the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company to monetary  damages or any other remedy  against the  Executive for any
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
breach  of  any of the  Executive's  obligations  under  this  Agreement  or the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employment Agreement as amended hereby; provided, that any such monetary damages
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
for a breach of
- ---------------


                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 12
<PAGE>



Section 4 of this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) by any amounts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
that the  Executive  forfeits  pursuant to the second  sentence of said  Section
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4(b).
- ----
                         11.  All  references  in this  Agreement  to  sections,
                         -------------------------------------------------------
subsections  and clauses of the Employment  Agreement are based upon the form of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
employment   agreement  filed  by  the  Company  with  the  Securities  Exchange
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commission. To the extent that the actual references in the Employment Agreement
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
differ from such form,  the  references  herein  shall be deemed to refer to the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
correct  corresponding  sections,  subsections  and  clauses  in the  Employment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Agreement.
- ---------
                         12.   Notwithstanding   any  other  provision  of  this
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Agreement,  all  provisions  of this  Agreement  other  than  Section 8 and this
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 12 shall  terminate and be null and void ab initio after any termination
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the Merger Agreement without consummation of the Merger.
- ----------------------------------------------------------












                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 13
<PAGE>


                         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.



                                  "The Company"

                                  BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION,
                                  a New Jersey corporation


                                  By_____________________________

                                  Its


                                  "The Executive"
                                  ________________________________
                                  Milan A. Sawdei


                                  Solely for purposes of
                                  Section 6 of this
                                  Agreement:

                                  "CARDINAL"
                                  CARDINAL HEALTH, INC., an Ohio
                                  corporation


                                  By_____________________________

                                  Its













                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 14
<PAGE>






                                 SCHEDULE 10(n)




           The  Company   has  entered   into   supplemental   agreements   (the
"Supplemental Agreements"),  a form of which is set forth as Exhibit 10(n), with
eight senior management employees - Linda M. Burkett, Charles J. Carpenter, Neil
F. Dimick,  William A.  Elliott,  Brent R.  Martini,  Donald R. Roden,  Milan A.
Sawdei and Carol E. Scherman.  The Supplemental  Agreements amend and supplement
existing  employment  agreements and terminate  existing  severance  agreements;
however,  if the Company's  pending merger agreement with Cardinal Health,  Inc.
terminates  for any  reason,  the  Supplemental  Agreement  will,  with  certain
exceptions,  be void ab  initio  and the  employment  agreements  and  severance
agreements  will  be  fully   reinstated.   The   Supplemental   Agreements  are
substantially identical, except that the relocation and retiree medical benefits
provisions vary from employee to employee.






























                                 EXH 10(n) - Page 15






                                                                   EXHIBIT 10(o)

















                           BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION

                          RETIRED OFFICER MEDICAL PLAN

                AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE AUGUST 23, 1997










                              As of August 23, 1997



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 1
<PAGE>


ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS.......................................................1

ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION...................................14
2.01     Conditions of Eligibility to Participate..........................14
2.02     Effective Date of Coverage........................................14
2.03     Dependent Coverage................................................14
2.04     Effective Date of Dependent Coverage..............................15
2.05     Determination of Coverage Eligibility.............................15
2.06     Cessation of Covered Retiree Participation........................15
2.07     Cessation of Dependent Coverage...................................15

ARTICLE III MEDICAL BENEFITS...............................................16
3.01     Benefit Provisions................................................16
3.02     Coinsurance Percentage ...........................................16
3.03     Eligible Expenses for Covered Persons.............................16
3.04     Care for Mouth, Teeth and Gums....................................21
3.05     Podiatry Care.....................................................21
3.06     Spinal Manipulation/Chiropractic Services.........................21
3.07     Preventative Care.................................................22
3.08     Transplant Coverage Limits........................................23
3.09     Exclusions and Limitations for Organ Transplants..................24
3.10     Coverage of Nursery Care .........................................25
3.11     Coverage of Pregnancy.............................................25
3.12     Christian Science Practitioners and Nurses........................26
3.13     Medical Benefit Exclusions .......................................26
3.14     Mental Health, Substance Abuse Treatment Benefits ................29
3.15     Chemical Dependency/Substance Abuse...............................30
3.16     Subrogation.......................................................31

ARTICLE IV PRESCRIPTION BENEFITS...........................................32
4.01     Prescription Drug Benefits........................................32
4.02     Exclusions........................................................32

ARTICLE V DENTAL CARE BENEFITS.............................................34
5.01     Plan Limits for Dental Care.......................................34
5.02     Eligible Expenses for Dental Care.................................34
5.03     Dental Benefit Exclusions.........................................37

ARTICLE VI VISION CARE BENEFITS ...........................................39
6.01     Plan Limits.......................................................39
6.02     Provider Reimbursement  ..........................................39
6.03     Vision Care Limits and Exclusions.................................39

ARTICLE VII CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE.......................................41
7.01     General...........................................................41
7.02     Continuation of Coverage..........................................41



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 2
<PAGE>


ARTICLE VIII COORDINATION OF BENEFITS......................................44
8.01     Definitions.......................................................44
8.02     Medicare..........................................................46
8.03     Mandatory Other Plan Coverage.....................................46
8.04     Intent............................................................46
8.05     Dispute...........................................................47


ARTICLE IX CLAIMS PROCEDURE AND PAYMENT OF BENEFITS........................48
9.01     Application for Benefits..........................................48
9.02     Claims Procedure..................................................48
9.03     Payment of Benefits...............................................49
9.04     Delay in Payment..................................................50
9.05     Attorneys Fees....................................................50
9.06     Right of Recovery.................................................50
9.07     Assignment........................................................50
9.08     Facility of Payment...............................................51
9.09     Responsibility for Payment........................................51

ARTICLE X ADMINISTRATION...................................................52
10.01    Appointment of the Claims Administrator...........................52
10.02    Power of the Claims Administrator.................................52
10.03    Powers of Plan Administrator......................................52
10.04    Effect of Fiduciary Action........................................53
10.05    Proof of Coverage.................................................53

ARTICLE XI DURATION AND AMENDMENT OF THIS PLAN.............................54
11.01    Permanence of this Plan...........................................54
11.02    Right to Amend....................................................54

ARTICLE XII GENERAL PROVISIONS.............................................55
12.01    Gender and Number.................................................55
12.02    Action by the Plan Administrator..................................55
12.03    Named Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibility................55
12.04    Duty to Provide Data..............................................55
12.05    Indemnification...................................................56
12.06    Funding...........................................................56
12.07    Headings..........................................................56
12.08    Governing Instrument..............................................56
12.09    Uniformity........................................................57
12.10    Severability......................................................57
12.11    Plan Does Not Provide Services....................................57
12.12    Governing Law.....................................................57
12.13    Limitations on Rights of Participants.............................57



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 3
<PAGE>


APPENDIX A ELIGIBLE RETIREES...............................................59

APPENDIX B.................................................................61
         A.       ASO Managed Referral Program.............................61
         B.       Specialty Review.........................................62
         C.       Diagnostic Testing.......................................63
         D.       Outpatient Surgical Review...............................63
         E.       Hospital Stay, Skilled Nursing Facilities, Private Duty
                  Nursing, and Hospice Care Review.........................63
         F.       Alternate Medical Care...................................65
         G.       Maternity Access Program.................................65
         H.       Patient Assist Line......................................66
         I.       Centers of Excellence....................................66
         J.       Medical Case Management For Covered Person Not
                  Eligible For Medicare. . . . ............................66





















                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 4
<PAGE>


                                  INTRODUCTION
                                  ------------

                           ESTABLISHMENT OF THIS PLAN
                           --------------------------

Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation,   a  New  Jersey  corporation  (the  "Employer"),
previously established the Bergen Brunswig Corporation Officer Medical Plan (the
"Plan")  for the purpose of  providing  specified  medical  benefits to a select
group of officers of the  Employer  and their  respective  dependents  after the
employment  of such  officers  with  the  Employer  terminates  following  their
satisfaction of certain eligibility requirements. This Plan has been amended and
restated,  as set forth herein,  effective as of August 23, 1997 (the "Effective
Date").  The rights and benefits  under this Plan of all  Eligible  Retirees and
Covered  Persons  (as  hereinafter  defined) as of the  Effective  Date shall be
determined solely in accordance with the terms hereof and the terms as set forth
herein  supersede and control all other previous  interpretation,  arrangements,
agreements,  course of conduct,  understandings  or actions,  including  but not
limited to, those of this Plan's Administrators.










                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 5
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------
                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------


The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this Plan:

1.01    Accident  or  Accidental  is  a  happening  arising  from  identifiable,
        extrinsic sources that is not expected,  foreseen, or intended resulting
        in injury, loss or damage.

1.02    Acute Medical Distress shall mean an Illness requiring immediate medical
        attention as directed by the Physician, an Illness which would result in
        subsequent death, or an emergency  occurring at a time other than during
        normal office daytime hours of a Physician.

1.03    Administrative Service Manager - see Claims Administrator.

1.04    Alcoholism  is the  condition  caused by regular  excessive  drinking of
        alcohol  that results in harm to either  physical  health or personal or
        social functioning.

1.05    Ambulatory  Surgical  Center is a licensed  facility that is used mainly
        for  performing  outpatient  surgery,  has a staff  of  Physicians,  has
        continuous Physician and nursing care by Registered Nurses when patients
        are there, and does not provide for overnight stays.

1.06    ASO means  the  administrative  services  organization  selected  by the
        Employer to perform  certain  services for this Plan  including  but not
        limited to Hospital stay  pre-certifications and authorizations,  second
        surgical opinion  authorization,  Hospital bill audits, and review as to
        whether any treatment is Medically Necessary.

1.07    Benefit  is the  payment  or  reimbursement  of a  health  care  expense
        Incurred  by  a  Covered  Person.   A  Benefit  includes  a  payment  or
        reimbursement  by this Plan or any other  source  including  federal  or
        state governments or the plan of another employer.

1.08    Benefit  Period means each  Calendar  Year.  Such  Benefit  Period shall
        terminate on the earliest of the following dates:

        (a)     The last date of the one year period so established; or

        (b)     The day the Maximum  Lifetime  Benefit  applicable to the
                Covered Person becomes payable; or

        (c)     The day the Covered Person ceases to be covered for Medical
                Expense Benefits.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 6
<PAGE>


1.09    Birthing  Center  is an area of a  Hospital  which  is  designated  as a
        birthing center, which is set aside to provide a home-like atmosphere in
        which to deliver a child and provides immediate related aftercare.

1.10    Calendar  Year means the period of 12 months  beginning on January 1 and
        ending the following December 31.

1.11    Chemical  Dependency is physical  dependence on  Prescription  Drugs and
        other  controlled  substances.  This  does  not  include  dependence  on
        alcohol, tobacco and caffeine-containing drinks.

1.12    Child or Children - see Dependent.

1.13    Claims  Administrator  is the person or firm employed by the Employer to
        provide  clerical  and  administrative   services  to  the  Employer  in
        connection  with the  operation  of this Plan and any  other  functions,
        including  the  processing  of  claims.  In the  event  that  no  Claims
        Administrator  is hired by the Employer at any particular point in time,
        Claims Administrator means the Employer.

1.14    COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1985,
        as amended from time to time.

1.15    Coinsurance  is the amount of  Covered  Expenses  for which the  Covered
        Person is  responsible  under the terms of this  Plan.  The  Coinsurance
        percentage is specified in the specific provision in this Plan requiring
        Coinsurance.

1.16    Confinement  means  registered  as a bed patient in a facility  upon the
        recommendation of a Physician.

1.17    Congenital  Anomaly means a condition  deviating  significantly from the
        norm which  exists at or from birth and is  diagnosed  and  conclusively
        verified by acceptable tests within twelve (12) months after birth.

1.18    Consultation  means  services  rendered by a Physician  whose opinion or
        advice is  requested by another  Physician  or agency in the  evaluation
        and/or treatment of an Illness or Injury.

1.19    Continuation  Coverage means  coverage under this Plan which,  as of the
        time coverage is being provided,  is identical to the coverage  provided
        under this Plan  immediately  prior to the Qualifying Event with respect
        to similarly  situated  Covered Persons for whom a Qualifying  Event has
        not occurred.

1.20    Contribution  means the  amount,  if any,  required  to be paid by or on
        behalf of individuals for  participation  in, and coverage  under,  this
        Plan.

1.21    Copayment  means the  portion of any  eligible  expenses  that a Covered
        Person  must pay  before  this Plan pays for any  eligible  expenses  as
        provided under this Plan.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 7
<PAGE>


1.22    Cosmetic  Procedure is a procedure  performed solely for the improvement
        of a Covered  Person's  appearance  rather than for the  improvement  or
        restoration of bodily function.

1.23    Covered Dependent means any person who qualifies for coverage hereunder,
        and  with  respect  to  whom  (if   applicable)   an   application   for
        participation has been timely filed, in accordance with Section 2.04.

1.24    Covered Expense means the Usual and Customary  Charge  associated with a
        procedure actually performed in accordance with Articles III, IV, V, and
        VI.

1.25    Covered  Person  means a person  who is  covered  under  this  Plan as a
        Covered Retiree or Dependent.

1.26    Covered  Retiree  means (a) any  person  who is  listed in Part I.A.  of
        Appendix  A, (b) each  person  listed in Part I.B.  of  Appendix A whose
        employment with the Employer  terminates for any reason, (c) each person
        listed in Part I.C. of  Appendix A whose  employment  with the  Employer
        terminates  for any reason on or after he reaches  his  Retirement  Date
        (regardless  of his age on such  Retirement  Date),  and (d) each  other
        person (if any) listed in Part II from time to time who  qualifies as an
        Eligible  Retiree  under  Section  2.01 and  whose  employment  with the
        Employer terminates for any reason on or after he reaches his Retirement
        Date (regardless of his age on such Retirement Date).

1.27    Custodial  or Custodial  Care is that type of care or service,  wherever
        furnished  and by whatever name called,  which is designed  primarily to
        assist  a  Covered  Person,  whether  or not  Totally  Disabled,  in the
        activities of daily living. Such activities include, but are not limited
        to, bathing, dressing, feeding, preparation of special diets, assistance
        in  walking  or in  getting  in and out of  bed,  and  supervision  over
        medication which can normally be self-administered.

1.28    Deductible is a specified amount of otherwise covered charges which must
        be Incurred by a Covered Person before  Benefits will be paid under this
        Plan.

1.29    Dentist is a person who is  properly  trained  and  licensed to practice
        dentistry.

1.30    Dependent is any one of the following persons:

        (a) A Covered  Retiree's Spouse and never married Children from birth to
        19 years of age. However, a Dependent Child shall continue to be covered
        after age 19,  provided  the Child is (i) a  student  at any  accredited
        school,  or is primarily  dependent upon the Covered Retiree for support
        and maintenance, (ii) has never been married, and (iii) is under age 25.
        Coverage  ends on the Child's  birthday on which he attains the limiting
        age.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 8
<PAGE>


        The term "Spouse" shall mean the legally recognized marital partner of a
        Covered  Retiree.  Should a Spouse  and  Covered  Retiree  no  longer be
        legally  recognized  marital  partners,  such Spouse  shall no longer be
        eligible for any  Benefits  under this Plan (except as and to the extent
        provided  in  Article   VII).   The  Plan   Administrator   may  require
        documentation proving a marital relationship.

        The term "Child" or "Children" shall include natural  children,  adopted
        children,  or children  placed with a Covered Retiree in anticipation of
        adoption.  Step-children who reside in the Covered  Retiree's  household
        and of whom the Covered  Retiree's Spouse has legal and physical custody
        are also included.

        The phrase  "primarily  dependent  upon" shall mean  dependent  upon the
        Covered  Retiree for support and  maintenance  within the meaning of the
        Internal  Revenue Code and the Covered  Retiree  claims such person as a
        dependent for federal income tax purposes.  The Plan  Administrator  may
        require documentation proving dependency.

        (b) A  Covered  Dependent  Child  who is  incapable  of  self-sustaining
        employment  by reason of mental  retardation  or physical  handicap,  is
        primarily   dependent   upon  the   Covered   Retiree  for  support  and
        maintenance, has never been married, and is covered under this Plan when
        reaching the limiting age. Notice of such incapacity must be provided to
        the Plan  Administrator  within thirty (30) days after the limiting age.
        The Plan Administrator may require,  at reasonable  intervals during the
        two  years  following  the   Dependent's   reaching  the  limiting  age,
        subsequent proof of the Child's disability and dependency.

        After such  two-year  period,  the Plan  Administrator  may require such
        proof not more than once each 12-month  period.  The Plan  Administrator
        reserves the right to have such Dependent examined by a Physician of the
        Plan  Administrator's  choice, at this Plan's expense,  to determine the
        existence of such incapacity.

        (c) A Covered  Retiree's  Child who is an  alternate  recipient  under a
        qualified medical child support order, within the meaning of section 609
        of ERISA.

        The  following  persons are excluded as  Dependents:  other  individuals
        living  in the  Covered  Retiree's  home  but who are  not  eligible  as
        defined;  the legally separated or divorced former Spouse of the Covered
        Retiree; and any person who is on active duty in any military service of
        any country.

        If both husband and wife are Covered  Retirees,  their Children shall be
        covered as Dependents of the husband or wife, but not of both.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 9
<PAGE>


        No person  shall be covered or  eligible  for  coverage  under this Plan
        simultaneously as a Covered Retiree and a Dependent.

1.31    Durable  Medical  Equipment is equipment  which is (a) able to withstand
        repeated use, (b) primarily and customarily  used to treat an illness or
        injury,  and (c) not  generally  useful  for a person in the  absence of
        illness or injury.

1.32    Effective Date is August 23, 1997.

1.33    Election  Period is the sixty (60) day period  during  which a Qualified
        Beneficiary  who would lose  coverage as a result of a Qualifying  Event
        may elect  Continuation  Coverage.  This sixty (60) day period begins on
        the date of  termination  of coverage as a result of a Qualifying  Event
        and ends sixty (60) days after the later of such date of  termination of
        coverage  or the  receipt  of notice of the right to elect  Continuation
        Coverage under this Plan.

1.34    Elective  Procedure is a medical procedure which, if not provided within
        seventy two (72) hours, does not cause a life-threatening  situation for
        the Covered Person.

1.35    Eligible  Expense is an expense for which this Plan  provides  Benefits.
        Eligible Expenses shall not include any expenses Incurred outside of the
        United  States of America  except to the extent that such  expenses  are
        Incurred for emergency services.

1.36    Eligible  Retiree  means a person  who  satisfies  the  requirements  of
        Section 2.01 of this Plan.

1.37    Emergency  Admission  means an admission to a Hospital or other eligible
        facility for a condition  which is either  life-threatening  or,  unless
        promptly treated,  which could cause serious damage to bodily functions.
        All other admissions shall be considered routine.

1.38    Emergency Care means initial  treatment given in a Hospital's  emergency
        room  directly   following  the  sudden  and  unexpected  acute  medical
        condition  that,  without  medical care within 24 hours of onset,  could
        result  in  death or  cause  serious  impairment  to  bodily  functions,
        including without limitation  treatment for an Accident causing injuries
        which are severe  enough to require  immediate  Hospital  level of care.
        Hospital  care shall be deemed to be required  only if safe and adequate
        care could not have been provided elsewhere.

1.39    Employee  means a person who is employed and  classified by the Employer
        as an employee.

1.40    Employer means Bergen Brunswig  Corporation,  a New Jersey  corporation,
        and its successors.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 10
<PAGE>


1.41    Endodontic Services are procedures usually employed by a Dentist for the
        treatment of teeth with diseased pulps (i.e., root canals).

1.42    ERISA  is the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as
        amended.

1.43    Experimental or  Investigational  shall mean any treatment  unless it is
        generally accepted by the medical community in the United States and, as
        compared to accepted  alternative  treatments  for that  condition,  can
        reasonably  be expected to: (1) result in similar or improved  survival,
        health or  function,  or (2)  alleviate  symptoms  of or  stabilize  the
        condition.  Generally  accepted by the medical  community  in the United
        States  means  that the  clinical  efficacy  of the  treatment  has been
        documented in credible  published medical  literature which demonstrates
        that the results of the  treatment  have been  measured  for a five year
        period or other period generally regarded as valid.

1.44    Facility refers to facilities such as a general Hospital,  surgi-center,
        mental/nervous/  substance abuse  facility,  Hospice  facility,  nursing
        home,  half-way house,  and other facilities of confinement when used in
        the  treatment  of any  illness,  injury,  mental or nervous  condition,
        Chemical Dependency or alcoholism.

1.45    Family  Unit is the  Covered  Retiree  and his  family  members  who are
        Covered Dependents under this Plan.

1.46    Freestanding  Birthing  Center is a  freestanding  facility which is not
        connected with a Hospital  which  provides "at home"  atmosphere for the
        delivery of babies.

1.47    Intentionally Omitted.

1.48    Gingivectomy is the excision of loose gum tissue to eliminate  infection
        when not  performed in  connection  with  extraction or repair of teeth,
        gingivoplasty,  osseous  surgery,  and osteotomy  surgery  (collectively
        called periodontal surgery).

1.49    Health Care Provider  means any of the  institutions  or persons  listed
        below engaged in providing medical care or diagnostic  treatment to sick
        or injured persons.

              (a)     Hospital

              (b)     Extended Care Facility

              (c)     Home Health Care Agency

              (d)     Licensed Ambulance Service

              (e)     Birthing Center

              (f)     Ambulatory Surgical Center


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 11
<PAGE>


              (g)     Clinical Laboratory

              (h)     Physician

              (i)     Practitioner

              (j)     Hospice Agency

1.50    Health  Maintenance  Organization  (HMO)  means an  organized  system of
        health care providing a comprehensive package of health services through
        a group of Health Care Providers,  to a voluntarily enrolled membership,
        within a particular geographic area, on a fixed, prepaid basis.

1.51    Home Health  Care  Agency is an agency  that meets all of the  following
        tests:

              (a)     Its main function is to provide Home Health Care services.

              (b)     It is federally certified as a Home Health Care Agency.

              (c)     It is licensed by the state, if licensing is required.

1.52    Home Health Care Plan shall meet all of the following tests:

              (a)     It shall be a formal  written  plan made by the  patient's
                      attending Physician which is reviewed every 30 days.

              (b)     It shall  certify that the home health care is in place of
                      Hospital Confinement.

              (c)     It shall  specify  the type and extent of home health care
                      required for the treatment of the patient.

              (d)     It shall be approved by the ASO.

1.53    Home Health Care Services and Supplies include:

              (a)     part-time  care  or  Intermittent  Care  by or  under  the
                      supervision of a Registered Nurse;

              (b)     part-time  or  intermittent   home  health  aide  services
                      provided  through a Home  Health  Care  Agency  (excluding
                      general housekeeping services);

              (c)     physical, occupational and speech therapy;

              (d)     medical supplies; and

              (e)     clinical  laboratory  services  by or  on  behalf  of  the
                      Hospital.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 12
<PAGE>


1.54    Hospice  Agency  is an  agency  where its main  function  is to  provide
        Hospice Care  Services and Supplies and it is licensed by the state,  if
        licensing is required.

1.55    Hospice Care Plan is a plan of terminal patient care that is established
        and conducted by a Hospice  Agency and  supervised  by a Physician.  The
        Hospice Care Plan shall be subject to approval by the ASO.

1.56    Hospice Care Services and Supplies are those provided  through a Hospice
        Agency and under a Hospice Care Plan,  and include  inpatient  care in a
        Hospice  Unit  or  other  licensed  facility,   home  care,  and  family
        counseling during the bereavement period.

1.57    Hospice  Unit is a facility  or  separate  Hospital  Unit that  provides
        treatment  under a Hospice  Care Plan and admits at least two  unrelated
        persons who are expected to die within six months.

1.58    Hospital  is an  institution  which is engaged  primarily  in  providing
        medical care and  treatment of sick and injured  persons on an inpatient
        basis  at  the  patient's  expense  and  which  fully  meets  all of the
        following tests:

              (a)     It is accredited as a Hospital by the Joint  Commission on
                      Accreditation  of  Hospitals  or the Joint  Commission  on
                      Accreditation of Osteopathic Hospitals.

              (b)     It is approved by Medicare as a Hospital.

              (3)     It maintains on the premises  diagnostic  and  therapeutic
                      facilities   for  surgical  and  medical   diagnosis   and
                      treatment  of sick and  injured  persons  by or under  the
                      supervision of a staff of Physicians.

              (c)     It  continuously  provides on the  premises  24-hour-a-day
                      nursing  service by or under the supervision of Registered
                      Nurses.

              (d)     It is operated  continuously with organized facilities for
                      operative surgery on the premises.

              The  definition  of  "Hospital"  also  shall  include  each of the
              following:

              A  facility  operating  legally  as  a  psychiatric  Hospital  and
              licensed as such by the state in which the facility operates.

              A facility operating primarily for the treatment of Alcoholism and
              Chemical Dependency if it:

              (f)     maintains permanent and full-time  facilities for bed care
                      and  full-time   Confinement   of  at  least  15  resident
                      patients;


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 13
<PAGE>




              (g)     has a Physician in regular attendance;

              (h)     continuously  provides  24-hour a day nursing service by a
                      Registered Nurse;

              (i)     has a full-time Psychiatrist or Psychologist on the staff;
                      and

              (j)     is   primarily   engaged  in  providing   diagnostic   and
                      therapeutic  services  and  facilities  for  treatment  of
                      Alcoholism and Chemical Dependency.

              A  Christian  Science  Sanatorium,   if  operated  or  listed  and
              certified  by the  First  Church  of  Christ,  Scientist,  is also
              considered a Hospital,  but only for a Covered Person admitted for
              healing (not rest or study) while under the care of a practitioner
              listed  in  the  Christian   Science   Journal  as  an  authorized
              practitioner.

1.59    Hospital  Confinement  means any period of  Confinement in a Hospital or
        which a Room and Board charge is Incurred and/or surgery is performed.

1.60    Illness is a bodily disorder,  disease,  physical  sickness,  pregnancy,
        mental infirmity, or functional nervous disorder for a Covered Person. A
        recurrent illness shall be considered one illness.  Concurrent illnesses
        shall be  considered  totally  unrelated.  All such  disorders  existing
        simultaneously  which  are due to the same or  related  causes  shall be
        considered one illness.

1.61    Incurred  means the date on which a service  or supply was  rendered  or
        furnished.  In the absence of due proof to the  contrary,  when a single
        charge  is  made  for a  series  of  services,  each  service  shall  be
        considered to bear a pro rata share of the charge.

1.62    Injury is an Accidental bodily injury.

1.63    In-Patient is a person who is a resident patient using and being charged
        for Room and Board by a Hospital,  but shall not include any such person
        for any day on  which he is on leave or  otherwise  is  absent  from the
        facility where he is a resident patient,  irrespective of whether a Room
        and Board charge is made.

1.64    Intensive Care Unit is defined as a separate, clearly designated service
        area  which is  maintained  within a  Hospital  solely  for the care and
        treatment of patients who are critically ill. This also includes what is
        referred to as a "coronary care unit" or an "acute care unit". It has:

              (a)     facilities  for  special  nursing  care not  available  in
                      regular rooms and wards of the Hospital;

              (b)     special  life  saving   equipment   which  is  immediately
                      available at all times;

              (c)     at least two beds for the  accommodation of the critically
                      ill; and


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 14
<PAGE>


              (d)     at least one  Registered  Nurse in continuous and constant
                      attendance 24 hours a day.

1.65    Intermittent  Care  means to meet the  requirements  for  "intermittent"
        skilled nursing care, an individual  shall have a medically  predictable
        recurring need for skilled nursing  services.  In most  instances,  this
        definition  shall be met if a patient requires a skilled nursing service
        at least once every sixty (60) days.

1.66    Internal  Revenue  Code  means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
        amended.

1.67    Licensed  Practical Nurse is an individual who has received  specialized
        nursing training,  performs practical nursing services,  and is licensed
        by the state or regulatory agency  responsible for such licensing in the
        state in which that individual performs such services.

1.68    Lifetime  when used in  reference to Benefit  maximums  and  limitations
        means "while covered under this Plan" during the lifetime of the Covered
        Person.

1.69    Medical Care  Facility  means a Hospital,  a facility that treats one or
        more specific ailments, or any type of Skilled Nursing Facility.

1.70    Medically  Confined means that due to Illness,  a person is an inpatient
        in a medical facility,  and includes confinement in a Hospital,  nursing
        home,  Alcoholism  or Chemical  Dependency  treatment  facility,  mental
        health  treatment  center,  hospice or any other facility engaged in the
        treatment of illness.

1.71    Medically Necessary care and treatment:

              (a)     is recommended or approved by a Physician;

              (b)     is  consistent  with the  patient's  condition or accepted
                      standards of good medical practice;

              (c)     is  medically  proven  to be  effective  treatment  of the
                      condition;

              (d)     is not conducted for research purposes.

              The Employer follows the  recommendations  of the ASO's "Medically
              Necessary" determinations.

1.72    Medicare  means the Part A and Part B plans  described in Title XVIII of
        the Social  Security  Act,  as amended  from time to time or any similar
        successor  statue  designed to provide  health  care  benefits to a wide
        population of the United States of America.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 15
<PAGE>


1.73    Mental Disorder is neurosis, psychoneurosis,  psychopathy, psychosis, or
        mental or  emotional  disease or disorder  of any kind,  even if organic
        origin is believed contributory.

1.74    Mental   Health   Program   Administrator   means  such  mental   health
        administrative services organization as the Employer may select.

1.75    Myofascial  Pain  Dysfunction  shall mean a disorder  involving  muscles
        surrounding  and adjacent to the  temporomandibular  joint area which is
        characterized by:

              (a)     pre-auricular, temporal, occipital and/or jaw pain;

              (b)     spasm and/or tenderness of the masticatory muscles; and

              (c)     limited jaw movement.

1.76    Named  Fiduciary is the Plan  Administrator,  which has the authority to
        control and manage the operation and administration of this Plan.

1.77    Network  is  an  organization   that  has  contracted  with  the  Claims
        Administrator to provide certain health care services to Covered Persons
        at specific rates.

1.78    Network  Provider is a Provider who has contracted  with a participating
        provider  organization  associated  with this  Plan to  render  specific
        services to a Plan  participant  for a  predetermined  fee.  That fee is
        automatically  paid to such  organization upon receipt of a claim by the
        Claims Administrator.

1.79    Newborn  is an  infant  from the date of his  birth  until  the  initial
        Hospital  discharge or until the infant is 14 days old, whichever occurs
        first.

1.80    No-Fault  Auto  Insurance  is the basic  reparations  provision of a law
        providing for payments  without  determining  fault in  connection  with
        automobile Accidents.

1.81    Nurse  Midwife  is a  Registered  Nurse  who has been  certified  by the
        American College of  Nurse-Midwives  as a nurse midwife,  other than one
        who  ordinarily  resides in the patient's home or who is a member of the
        patient's family.

1.82    Nursery  Care is routine  nursery care during the period of the mother's
        Hospital Confinement.

1.83    Optometrist  is a graduate  of a school of  optometry,  is not a medical
        doctor,  is licensed by the governmental  authority having  jurisdiction
        over such licensure,  is acting within the scope of such license, and is
        a designated O.D.

1.84    Orthodontic  means the division of dentistry dealing with the prevention
        or correction of teeth  irregularities  and malocclusion of jaws by wire
        appliances, braces, and other mechanical aids.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 16
<PAGE>


1.85    Outpatient  Care is  treatment  performed in a Hospital on a basis other
        than as a registered bed patient. Outpatient Care includes:

              (a)     services,  supplies and  medicines  provided and used at a
                      Hospital  under the  direction  of a Physician to a person
                      not admitted as a registered bed patient; and

              (b)     services rendered in a Physician's office, a laboratory or
                      X-ray  facility,  an Ambulatory  Surgical  Center,  or the
                      patient's home.

1.86    Period  of  Hospital  Confinement  is a period of  confinement  as a bed
        patient in a Hospital.

1.87    Pharmacy means a licensed establishment where covered Prescription Drugs
        are filled and dispensed by a pharmacist  licensed under the laws of the
        state where he practices.

1.88    Physical  Therapist  is an  individual  licensed  to  practice  physical
        therapy, or where there is no license involved,  an individual certified
        as a physical therapist by an appropriate  professional body to practice
        physical therapy.

1.89    Physical   Therapy  is  the  treatment  by  physical  means,   including
        hydrotherapy, heat, or similar modalities, physical agents, biochemical,
        and neurophysiological  principles and devices, to relieve pain, restore
        maximum function,  and prevent disability following disease,  injury, or
        loss of body part.

1.90    Physician means a duly licensed  practitioner of the healing arts acting
        within the scope of his practice,  such as a Doctor of Medicine  (M.D.),
        Doctor of Osteopathy (D.O.),  Doctor of Dental Surgery (D.D.S.),  Doctor
        of  Podiatry  (D.P.M.),  Doctor  of  Chiropractic  (D.C.),  Psychologist
        (Ph.D.,  Psy.D.,  Ed.D.),   Licensed  Professional  Physical  Therapist,
        Physiotherapist,   Psychiatrist  (M.D.),  Audiologist,  Speech  Language
        Pathologist, and Nurse Midwife.

1.91    Plan means this Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  Retired  Officer  Medical
        Plan.

1.92    Plan  Administrator  is the Vice  President  of Human  Resources  of the
        Employer,  or such other  officer of the  Employer as may be  designated
        from time to time by the Board of  Directors of the  Employer.  The Plan
        Administrator  may employ persons or firms to process claims and perform
        other Plan-related services.

1.93    Podiatrist  is an  individual  licensed  to  practice  podiatry  by  the
        governmental  authority having jurisdiction over such licensure,  who is
        acting  within  the scope of such  license  and who is  designated  as a
        D.P.M.

1.94    Practitioner means a person,  other than a doctor, who (a) upon referral
        by a Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy, provides services which
        are covered by this Plan; and (b) is practicing  within the scope of his
        or her license.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 17
<PAGE>


1.95    Pre-Admission  Testing means when surgery has been authorized (inpatient
        or  outpatient),  the patient  may have the doctor set up the  necessary
        tests to be done on an outpatient basis prior to the surgery.

1.96    Predecessor  Plan means the Retired  Officer  Medical Plan maintained by
        the  Employer  prior to August  23,  1997,  the date  upon  which it was
        amended and restated by this Plan.

1.97    Pregnancy  is  childbirth  and  conditions  associated  with  pregnancy,
        including complications.

1.98    Prescription Drug means any of the following:

              (a)     A drug or medicine  which,  under federal law, is required
                      to  bear  the  legend:  "Caution:  Federal  law  prohibits
                      dispensing without prescription."

              (b)     Compounded  medicines of which at least one  ingredient is
                      included under item (a) above.

              (c)     Injectable insulin.

1.99    Private  Duty  Nursing  means  Registered  Nurses or Licensed  Practical
        Nurses  engaged in private duty nursing,  other than one who  ordinarily
        resides  in the  patient's  home  or who is a  member  of the  patient's
        immediate family.

1.100   Provider is a legally qualified Physician, Dentist, nurse, chiropractor,
        Physical Therapist, Podiatrist, Psychologist, or speech therapist who is
        practicing  within the scope of their  license,  or a Home  Health  Care
        Agency or  facility  legally  licensed  to  perform  a  covered  medical
        service.

1.101   Psychiatrist  is a person  who is  legally  qualified  and  licensed  to
        practice psychiatry at the time and place services are rendered.

1.102   Psychologist  is a person  who is  legally  qualified  and  licensed  to
        practice psychology at the time and place services are rendered.

1.103   Qualified Beneficiary (see Article VII).

1.104   Qualifying Event means,  with respect to any Covered Person,  any of the
        following events which, but for the Continuation Coverage required under
        Section  7.02,  would  result in the loss of  coverage  for a  Qualified
        Beneficiary:

              (a)     The death of the Covered Retiree.

              (b)     The divorce or legal  separation  of the  Covered  Retiree
                      from such Covered Retiree's Spouse.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 18
<PAGE>


              (c)     A Child of the Covered Retiree ceasing to be a Dependent.

              (d)     The  Employer's  proceeding  under  Title 11 of the United
                      States Code. A substantial  elimination of coverage within
                      one year of the commencement of the proceedings  described
                      herein shall constitute a loss of coverage.

1.105   Registered Nurse is an individual who has received  specialized  nursing
        training and is  authorized to the  designation  of "RN" and who is duly
        licensed  by  the  state  or  regulatory  agency  responsible  for  such
        licensing  in the state in which the  individual  performs  such nursing
        services.

1.106   Retirement Date means the date on which an Eligible Retiree's employment
        with the Employer  terminates for any reason after such Eligible Retiree
        has  completed  ten (10) Years of Service,  regardless  of the  Eligible
        Retiree's age on such date.

1.107   Room and Board is all charges by whatever  name called which are made by
        a Hospital,  Hospice Unit, or Skilled Nursing Facility as a condition of
        occupancy.  Such  charges do not  include the  professional  services of
        Physicians or intensive nursing care by whatever name called.

1.108   Routine  Physical  Examination  is a physical  examination of the heart,
        lungs, abdomen, and other vital body areas, and such diagnostic services
        as may be  required  in  conjunction  with such  examination,  when such
        services  are not  required  as the  result of  symptoms  of  Illness or
        Injury.

1.109   Semi-Private is a class of accommodations  in a Hospital,  Hospice Unit,
        or Skilled  Nursing  Facility  in which at least two  patients  beds are
        available per room.

1.110   Skilled  Nursing  Facility  is a facility  that  fully  meets all of the
        following tests:

              (a)     It is licensed to provide  for persons  convalescing  from
                      Injury or  Illness,  professional  nursing  services on an
                      inpatient  basis.  The  service  shall  be  rendered  by a
                      Registered  Nurse or by a Licensed  Practical  Nurse under
                      the direction of a Registered Nurse.  Physical restoration
                      services  to  assist  patients  to reach a degree  of body
                      functioning to permit  self-care in essential daily living
                      activities shall be provided.

              (b)     Its  services  are  provided  for  compensation  from  its
                      patients  and  under  the  full-time   supervision   of  a
                      Physician or a Registered Nurse.

              (c)     It provides twenty-four (24) hour per day nursing services
                      by licensed  nurses,  under the  direction  of a full-time
                      Registered Nurse.

              (d)     It maintains a complete medical record on each patient.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 19
<PAGE>


              (e)     It has an effective utilization review plan.

              (f)     It is not, other than incidentally,  a place for: rest the
                      aged,  drug  addicts,   alcoholics,   mental   retardates,
                      Custodial  care,  educational  care,  or  care  of  Mental
                      Disorders.

              (g)     It is approved and licensed by Medicare.

              This term also applies to charges Incurred in a Facility referring
              to itself  as a Skilled  Nursing  Facility,  or any other  similar
              nomenclature.

1.111   Spouse - see Dependent.

1.112   Subrogation  is the right of this Plan to succeed to a Covered  Person's
        right of recovery  against a third party for Benefits  paid by this Plan
        to, or on behalf of, a Covered  Person for  services  Incurred for which
        the third party is, or may be, legally liable.

1.113   Terminal  Illness is an Illness not  responsive  to treatment  currently
        available,  and which is expected to result in death of a Covered Person
        within six (6) months or less.

1.114   Total Disability or Totally Disabled means (a) in the case of an Covered
        Retiree,  the  complete  inability  to  perform,  because  of  Injury or
        Illness, any and every duty of his occupation or employment,  and (b) in
        the case of a Dependent,  the  complete  inability to perform the normal
        activities of a person of like age and sex in good health.

1.115   Treatment Plan means a program approved by this Plan which describes the
        expected duration,  frequency,  and type of service to be performed, and
        which is reviewed and approved by a Physician  no less  frequently  than
        every three (3) months.

1.116   Usual and Customary  Charge is a charge Incurred by a Covered Person for
        Medically  Necessary health care services or supplies and shall be equal
        to the lesser of (a) the actual  charges for such  services or supplies,
        or (b) the general level of charges made by others with similar training
        and  expertise  for  rendering  like  services and for  furnishing  like
        supplies  in the same  locality in which the  services  or supplies  are
        administered.

1.117   Well-Child Care is medical treatment, services or supplies rendered to a
        Child or Newborn  solely for the purpose of health  maintenance  and not
        for the treatment of an Illness or Injury.

1.118   Year of Service  means a period  consisting of 365  consecutive  days of
        service  with the  Employer or any  predecessor  thereof as an Employee,
        beginning with

                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 20
<PAGE>


        the first day of the person's  employment thereby and ending on the date
        that his employment thereby terminates for any reason.  Years of Service
        shall  include any period  during  which the Employee is not actively at
        work due to vacation, leave of absence, layoff, any other absence at the
        end of  which  his  reemployment  rights  are  protected,  or  temporary
        disability.













                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 21
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------
                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
                          -----------------------------


2.01     Conditions of Eligibility to Participate
         ----------------------------------------

         Each person listed in Parts I.A., I.B., and I.C. of Appendix A attached
         hereto as of the Effective Date shall be an Eligible  Retiree and shall
         participate in this Plan on the Effective Date. Each other Employee who
         is an officer of the Employer  shall become an Eligible  Retiree on the
         later of (a) the  Effective  Date,  or (b) the  date as of  which  such
         Employee  (i) is  designated  in writing as an Eligible  Retiree by the
         Chief Executive Officer of the Employer,  and (ii) is listed in Part II
         of Appendix A.

2.02     Effective Date of Coverage
         --------------------------

         (a)      Coverage  of each  person  listed in Part I.A.  of  Appendix A
                  begins on the Effective  Date.  Coverage of each person listed
                  in Part  I.B.  of  Appendix  A begins  on the date  that  such
                  person's  employment  with  the  Employer  terminates  for any
                  reason.  Coverage  of  each  person  listed  in Part  I.C.  of
                  Appendix  A, and of each other  person (if any) listed in Part
                  II of  Appendix  A from  time  to  time  who  qualifies  as an
                  Eligible  Retiree under Section 2.01,  begins on the date such
                  person's  employment  with  the  Employer  terminates  for any
                  reason on or after he reaches his Retirement Date  (regardless
                  of his age on such Retirement  Date). Each such covered person
                  shall  become a Covered  Retiree  as of the date his  coverage
                  hereunder  begins in accordance with the foregoing  provisions
                  of this Section 2.02.

         (b)      This Plan shall not exclude any portion or all of any Eligible
                  Expense on the basis that it is  Incurred  with  respect to an
                  Illness or Injury that exists on the date  coverage  hereunder
                  becomes  effective  (it being  the  intent  that any  Eligible
                  Expense Incurred after coverage  hereunder  becomes  effective
                  for any  "preexisting"  Illness  or  Injury  shall be  covered
                  hereunder  on the same basis as if such  Illness or Injury did
                  not exist on the date coverage  hereunder becomes  effective),
                  except as expressly provided otherwise in this Plan.

2.03     Dependent Coverage
         ------------------

         An individual who is or becomes a Dependent of a Covered  Retiree shall
         participate  in this  Plan  to the  extent  and so long as the  Covered
         Retiree  is  eligible  to  participate  hereunder.  As a  condition  of
         eligibility to  participate,  an  application  for  participation  with
         respect to an eligible  Dependent shall be filed by either the eligible
         Dependent or Eligible  Retiree  within thirty (30) days after the later
         of (a) the date the Eligible  Retiree ceases to be an Employee,  or (b)
         the date the individual becomes a Dependent; provided, however, that no
         such  application  shall be  required  if such  eligible  Dependent  is
         covered under the Employer's medical program for active


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 22
<PAGE>


         employeesas a dependent of the Eligible  Retiree  immediately  prior to
         the Retirement Date of such eligible  Retiree.  If such  application is
         filed within such 30-day period,  Dependent coverage shall be effective
         as of the first day of such period.  Such  application  may be filed at
         any time after such  30-day  period,  in which  event  coverage  of any
         Dependent shall be effective as of the day on which such application is
         filed with respect to such Dependent.

2.04     Effective Date of Dependent Coverage
         ------------------------------------

         (a)      Except as provided in subsection (b) below, Dependent coverage
                  begins  on the  date  the  Dependent  becomes  eligible  under
                  Section  2.03  or  the  date  the  Eligible  Retiree  enrolls,
                  whichever is later.

         (b)      If a Dependent is Medically  Confined on the date the coverage
                  would otherwise start,  coverage shall not start until a final
                  release  from  Medical  Confinement  is made  by the  treating
                  Physician.  This  provision  also  applies  when  there is any
                  increase in Benefits which become effective under this Plan.

2.05     Determination of Coverage Eligibility
         -------------------------------------

         Except for those  persons  listed in Part I of Appendix A (such persons
         are expressly eligible to participate in this Plan), the Employer shall
         determine the  eligibility  of each Eligible  Retiree and Dependent for
         coverage  under this Plan based  upon any  information  to which it has
         access and such other information  furnished by the Eligible Retiree or
         Covered Retiree (as applicable).

2.06     Cessation of Covered Retiree Participation
         ------------------------------------------

         A Covered  Retiree shall cease to  participate in this Plan on the date
of the Covered Retiree's death.

2.07     Cessation of Dependent Coverage

         (a)      Except as  provided  in this  Section  2.07,  Dependents  of a
                  Covered  Retiree  cease  to  participate  in this  Plan on the
                  earlier of:

                  (i)      The date such person ceases to qualify as a Dependent
                           under  the  terms  of  this  Plan  (other  than  as a
                           deceased Spouse); or

                  (ii)     The  date  such  person  enters  active  military  or
                           similar service of any country.

         (b)      Notwithstanding  subsection (a) above,  if the Covered Retiree
                  should die, the coverage for the Covered  Retiree's Spouse and
                  Children who were covered under this Plan as Dependents on the
                  date of death shall continue, with no


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 23
<PAGE>


                  required  contributions on their part (other than as expressly
                  provided  in  Section  3.03),  until the later of (i) or (ii),
                  where (i) is the third  anniversary of the date of the Covered
                  Retiree's  death,  and (ii) is the earlier of (A) the date the
                  surviving Spouse,  if any,  remarries or dies, or (B) the date
                  coverage  would  have  ceased  for any  other  reason  had the
                  Covered Retiree's death not occurred.  Such continued coverage
                  shall be provided only if such Dependents decline continuation
                  coverage under Article VII.









                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 24
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------
                                MEDICAL BENEFITS
                                ----------------


3.01     Benefit Provisions
         ------------------

         Benefits  under  this  Plan  shall be  payable  when  Covered  Expenses
         specifically  described  in  Article  III  are  Incurred  for  services
         rendered to a Covered  Person  after 12:01 A.M. of the first day of his
         participation  under this Plan and before 12:01 A.M. of the last day of
         his  participation  under this Plan.  An  expense is  considered  to be
         Incurred  at the time the service or supply for which it is Incurred is
         actually provided.

3.02     Copayments
         ----------

         (a)      Except as provided in subsections (b), (c), (d), and (e) below
                  or in  Sections  3.09,  3.13 or 3.16,  this Plan shall pay one
                  hundred percent (100%) of the Covered Expenses Incurred during
                  a  Calendar  Year  without   requiring  any   deductibles   or
                  copayments by the Covered Person.

         (b)      In the event a Covered  Expense  is  Incurred  for a Mental or
                  Nervous  Disorder or for  Alcoholism  or  Chemical  Dependency
                  treatment,  when not administered by the Mental Health Program
                  Administrator,  this Plan  shall pay eighty  percent  (80%) of
                  such Covered Expenses.

         (c)      The amount otherwise payable under subsection (a) above, shall
                  be reduced to eighty percent (80%) thereof if, with respect to
                  certain nonemergency  procedures,  the Covered Person does not
                  comply with the procedures of the ASO Managed Referral Program
                  set forth in Appendix B.

         (d)      The percentage  otherwise  payable under  subsection (a) above
                  shall be reduced to eighty percent (80%) of eligible  Hospital
                  Room and  Board  Charges  if the  Hospital  review  procedures
                  described  in  Appendix B are not  complied  with by a Covered
                  Person.

         (e)      Subsections  (b),  (c),  and (d)  above  will not  apply  with
                  respect  to  expenses  Incurred  while  a  Covered  Person  is
                  receiving benefits under Medicare.

3.03     Eligible Expenses for Covered Persons
         -------------------------------------

         The term "Eligible Expenses" means the expenses actually Incurred by or
         on behalf of a Covered Person for the charges listed below, but only if
         the expenses are Incurred  after such Covered  Person  becomes  covered
         under this Plan, the expenses are the Usual and Customary Charges,  and
         the services or supplies  provided are  recommended  by a Physician and
         are Medically  Necessary for the care and appropriate  treatment of the
         Illness  or  Injury.  Except  as set forth in  Sections  3.09 and 3.13,
         anything not specifically excluded is included as an Eligible Expense.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 25
<PAGE>


         Eligible Expenses shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

         (a)      Hospital Care
                  -------------

         The following  medical  services and supplies  furnished by a Hospital,
         Ambulatory  Surgical Center,  or a Birthing Center (such services shall
         be  subject  to  precertification,  as and to the  extent  set forth in
         Appendix B):

         (i)      Hospital Confinement

                  (A)      Room and Board, limited to Semi-Private room rate;

                  (B)      Intensive care Room and Board, limited to Hospital
                           ICU Rate;

                  (C)      Preadmission Testing;

                  (D)      Physician In-Patient Services;

                  (E)      In-Patient surgery and anesthesia;

                  (F)      In-Patient Prescription Drugs;

                  (G)      In-Patient lab and x-ray services;

                  (H)      In-Patient ancillary Hospital services;

                  (I)      In-Patient maternity care;

                  (J)      In-Patient blood and hemodialysis; and

                  (K)      In-Patient   therapy   services  such  as,  radiation
                           therapy, chemotherapy,  dialysis treatments, physical
                           therapy,    respiratory   and   pulmonary    therapy,
                           occupational therapy, and speech therapy.

         (ii)     Outpatient Services

                  (A)      Outpatient surgery;

                  (B)      Outpatient Physician office visits and injections;

                  (C)      Outpatient laboratory services;

                  (D)      Outpatient x-ray services;

                  (E)      Outpatient   therapy  services,   such  as  radiation
                           therapy, chemotherapy,  dialysis treatments, physical
                           therapy,    respiratory   and   pulmonary    therapy,
                           occupational therapy, and speech therapy; and


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 26
<PAGE>


                  (F)      Outpatient  medical  supplies,   such  as  dressings,
                           splints,  casts, bandages, etc. ordered and dispensed
                           in a doctor's office.


         (b)      Skilled Nursing Facility Care
                  -----------------------------

         Daily Room and Board and nursing care  furnished  by a Skilled  Nursing
         Facility  shall be payable at one hundred  percent  (100%) of the Usual
         and Customary Charge only if and when:

                  (i)      the  patient  is  confined  as a bed  patient  in the
                           Facility;

                  (ii)     the  Confinement  starts  within  fourteen  (14) days
                           after a Hospital  Confinement  of at least  three (3)
                           days; and

                  (iii)    the   attending    Physician   certifies   that   the
                           Confinement   is  needed  for  further  care  of  the
                           condition that caused the Hospital Confinement.

         The amount of Benefits for such services  shall be subject to reduction
         in accordance  with Appendix B if such services are not approved by the
         ASO in accordance therewith.

         Covered  Expenses for a Covered Person's daily room charge in a Skilled
         Nursing Facility is limited to the daily charge of a Semi-Private room.

         (c)      Physician Care
                  --------------

         The  professional  services  of a  Physician  for  surgical  or medical
         services.

         (d)      Assistant Surgeon
                  -----------------

         The professional services of any assisting Physician other than a house
         staff member, intern, or resident for professional services rendered in
         the  performance  of a surgical or  radiotherapy  procedure.  This Plan
         shall pay an amount  equal to one hundred  percent  (100%) of the Usual
         and  Customary  Charge  for  the  surgery,   subject  to  reduction  in
         accordance with Appendix B if precertification by the ASO in accordance
         therewith is not obtained.

         (e)      Multiple Surgical Procedures
                  ----------------------------

         When more than one surgical  procedure  is  performed  through the same
         body opening during one operation, a Covered Person is covered for each
         procedure.

         (f)      Private Duty Nursing Care
                  -------------------------

         One  hundred  percent  (100%)  of the Usual and  Customary  Charges  of
         Private Duty Nursing care  approved by ASO shall be Eligible  Expenses.
         Such amount shall be


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 27
<PAGE>


         subject to reduction in accordance with Appendix B if such services are
         not approved by the ASO in accordance therewith.

         Private  Duty  Nursing  care by a  licensed  nurse  (Registered  Nurse,
         Licensed  Practical Nurse, or Licensed Visiting Nurse) shall be limited
         to the following extent:

                 (i)     Inpatient  Nursing Care.  Charges are covered only when
                         care is Medically  Necessary or not Custodial in nature
                         and the Hospital's Intensive Care Unit is filled or the
                         Hospital has no Intensive Care Unit.

                 (ii)    Outpatient  Nursing Care. Charges are covered only when
                         care  is  Medically  Necessary  and  not  Custodial  in
                         nature.

         (g)      Home Health Care Services and Supplies
                  --------------------------------------

         One hundred  percent (100%) of the Usual and Customary  Charges for any
         service provided by a  state-licensed  Home Health Care Agency shall be
         considered   Eligible  Expenses  for  Home  Health  Care  Services  and
         Supplies,  provided:  (i) such  agency  services  are  prescribed  by a
         Physician  in writing in lieu of  Hospital  services  as part of a Home
         Health  Care  Plan  and  such  services  begin  within  seven  (7) days
         following a Hospital  Confinement;  and (ii)  Benefits  would have been
         payable as Medically  Necessary  if the services had been  performed in
         the  Hospital.  Such amount shall be subject to reduction in accordance
         with  Appendix  B if  such  services  are  not  approved  by the ASO in
         accordance therewith;

         A home health care visit will be considered a periodic  visit by either
         a nurse or  therapist,  as the case may be,  or four (4)  hours of home
         health aide services.

         (h)      Hospice Care Services and Supplies
                  ----------------------------------

         One  hundred  percent  (100%) of the Usual and  Customary  Charges  for
         Hospice Care Services and Supplies shall be covered,  but only when the
         attending  Physician has diagnosed  the Covered  Person's  condition as
         being a Terminal  Illness and placed the Covered Person under a Hospice
         Care Plan. Such amount shall be subject to reduction in accordance with
         Appendix B if such  services are not approved by the ASO in  accordance
         therewith.

         Treatment  shall be rendered  and billed by the Hospice Unit and may be
         provided  either in the Hospice Unit or in the home.  The program shall
         be accredited by the National Hospice  Organization and approved by the
         Claims Administrator.

         (i)      Other Medical Services and Supplies:
                  ------------------------------------

         The following services and supplies not otherwise included in the items
         above shall be Eligible Expenses:



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 28
<PAGE>


                 (i)     Anesthetic;  oxygen;  blood and blood  derivatives that
                         are not donated or replaced; intravenous injections and
                         solutions  and the  administration  of  these  items is
                         included;

                 (ii)    Diagnostic x-rays;

                 (iii)   Laboratory studies;

                 (iv)    Radiation   or   chemotherapy    and   treatment   with
                         radioactive  substances,  including  the  materials and
                         services of technicians;

                 (v)     Rental  of  Durable   Medical   Equipment  or  surgical
                         equipment if deemed Medically Necessary,  provided that
                         any  expense  over Five  Thousand  Dollars  ($5,000.00)
                         shall be subject to  precertification  of the ASO as to
                         whether it is Medically  Necessary.  These items may be
                         bought rather than rented, but only if agreed to by the
                         Plan Administrator;

                 (vi)    Locally  Medically  Necessary  professional land or air
                         ambulance  service.  A charge  for this item shall be a
                         Covered  Expense  only if the service is to the nearest
                         Hospital or Skilled  Nursing  Facility where  necessary
                         treatment  can be provided,  but in any event,  no more
                         than fifty (50) miles from the place of pickup,  unless
                         the Claims  Administrator finds a longer trip Medically
                         Necessary.

                 (vii)   Surgical dressings,  splints,  casts, and other devices
                         used in the reduction of fractures and dislocations;

                 (viii)  Leg,  arm,  back,  and neck braces or trusses which are
                         required as a result of a disabling  Congenital Anomaly
                         or an Injury or Illness  that  occurred  while  covered
                         under this Plan;

                 (ix)    Artificial  legs,  arms,  or eyes required to replace a
                         lost natural body part  provided that the loss occurred
                         while covered under this Plan;

                 (x)     Physical Therapy by a Physical  Therapist.  The therapy
                         shall be in accordance with a Physician's  exact orders
                         as to type,  frequency,  and  duration and to improve a
                         body function;

                 (xi)    Speech therapy by a licensed speech therapist.  Therapy
                         shall be ordered by a Physician and follow either:  (i)
                         surgery for  correction of a Congenital  Anomaly of the
                         oral  cavity,  throat or nasal  complex  (other  than a
                         frenectomy)  of a person born while  covered under this
                         Plan; (ii) an Injury; or (iii) an Illness that is other
                         than a learning disorder or a Mental Disorder;

                 (xii)   Occupational   therapy  by  a   licensed   occupational
                         therapist.  Therapy  shall be ordered  by a  Physician,
                         result from an Injury or Illness  that  occurred  while
                         covered under this Plan and improve a body function;


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 29
<PAGE>


                 (xiii)  Sterilization procedures;

                 (xiv)   Initial  contact lenses or glasses  required  following
                         cataract surgery;

                 (xv)    Hypodermic  needles and syringes,  and diabetic testing
                         agents.

                 (xvi)   Norplant;

                 (xvii)  Diaphragms.  A copy of the prescription  along with the
                         Pharmacy receipt shall be submitted for review;

                 (xviii) Abortion;

                 (xix)   Charges for smoking  cessation  program for cigarettes,
                         cigars,  pipes,  and  chewing  tobacco  for the Covered
                         Person and Spouse only;  provided,  however,  that upon
                         completion   of  the  program   the  patient   sends  a
                         certificate  of completion of the program to the Claims
                         Administrator  and remains "smoke free" for a period of
                         six (6) months.

                 (xx)    Charges  for  hearing  aids  that are  prescribed  by a
                         Physician; and

                 (xxi)   Expenses Incurred as a result of a nonrelated  adoption
                         of a  Child.  Eligible  Expenses  include,  but are not
                         limited  to,  legal fees and  medical  expenses  of the
                         birth mother.

         (j) This Plan is intended to allow any service  eligible under Medicare
         or any successor  program to be eligible for Benefits  under this Plan,
         subject to the Medicare maximum  allowable expense this Plan limits for
         Usual  and  Customary  Charges,  preauthorization  considerations,  and
         maximums.  However,  Benefits  under this Plan are not  intended  to be
         limited to only those services eligible under Medicare,  but rather are
         provided as set forth in this Plan. Any questions  concerning  services
         eligible for benefits under Medicare and not  specifically  excluded or
         included  under this Plan shall be resolved  by the Plan  Administrator
         consistent with such intent.

3.04     Care for Mouth, Teeth, and Gums
         -------------------------------

         Charges for the care of the mouth,  teeth, gums, and alveolar processes
         shall be Eligible  Expenses under this Article III only if that care is
         for the following oral surgical procedures:

         (a)      Excision  of  tumors  and  cysts of the  jaws,  cheeks,  lips,
                  tongue, roof and floor of the mouth.

         (b)      Emergency  repair due to Injury to sound natural  teeth.  This
                  repair  shall be made within  twelve (12) months from the date
                  of an Accident  which  Accident  shall have occurred while the
                  person was covered under this Plan.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 30
<PAGE>


         (c)      Surgery  needed to correct  Accidental  injuries  to the jaws,
                  cheeks,  lips,  tongue,  floor, and roof of the mouth when the
                  Injuries occurred while covered under this Plan.

         (d)      Excision of benign bony growths of the jaw and hard palate.

         (e)      External incision and drainage of cellulitis.

         (f)      Incision of sensory sinuses, salivary glands or ducts.

         No charge  shall be covered  under this Article III for dental and oral
         surgical   procedures   involving   Orthodontic   care  of  the  teeth,
         periodontal  disease,  and  preparing  the mouth for the  fitting of or
         continued use of dentures. See Article V.

3.05     Podiatry Care
         -------------

         One hundred  percent (100%) of the Usual and Customary  Charges for any
         nonsurgical, surgical, or Hospital services for podiatry care performed
         by  a  Podiatrist.  Such  amount  shall  be  subject  to  reduction  in
         accordance  with Appendix B if such  surgical or Hospital  services are
         not approved by the ASO in accordance therewith.

3.06     Spinal Manipulation/Chiropractic Services
         -----------------------------------------

         Services for chiropractic  procedures/spinal manipulation performed for
         therapeutic  purposes  by a  person  acting  within  the  scope  of his
         authority  under local law shall be considered for Benefits on the same
         basis as if such procedures had been performed by a Physician.

3.07     Preventative Care
         -----------------

         Covered  Expenses  shall be payable  for  preventive  care for  Routine
         Physical  Examinations,  routine mammograms,  and routine pap smears as
         follows:

         (a)      Charges  for  Routine  Adult  Physical  Examinations:  Routine
                  Physical  Examinations  for adults include care by a Physician
                  that is not for an Injury or Illness.  It includes charges for
                  related x-rays and laboratory  tests.  Maximum  Benefits under
                  this  Section  3.08 are  limited  to payment  for one  Routine
                  Physical Examination each Calendar Year.

                  (i)      Routine Physical  Examinations  including Physician's
                           charges,  chest  x-rays,  standard  EKG,  full  blood
                           analysis,  and sigmoidoscopy for those age forty (40)
                           or over;

                  (ii)     Routine mammograms

                           (A)    one  time  initial  (baseline)  mammogram  for
                                  women  between the ages of thirty two (32) and
                                  thirty nine (39);


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 31
<PAGE>


                           (B)    a  mammogram  every  two (2)  years  for women
                                  between  the ages of forth (40) and forty nine
                                  (49); and

                           (C)    an annual  mammogram  for women age fifty (50)
                                  and over.

                  (iii)    Routine pap smears

                           (A)    This Plan shall pay one hundred percent (100%)
                                  of the Usual and Customary Charges for one (1)
                                  routine pap smear  including  the office visit
                                  per Calendar Year.

                           (B)    Visits for  routine PAP smears are not subject
                                  to  precertification  procedures  described in
                                  Appendix B.

         (b)      Charges for Well-Child Care:

         One  hundred  percent  (100%) of the Usual and  Customary  Charges  for
         Well-Child Care shall be Eligible Expenses for the following services:

                  (i)      Routine    Physical    Examination,     developmental
                           assessment,    history,    sensory    screening   and
                           appropriate  immunization  and laboratory  tests from
                           the moment of birth up to the sixth (6th) birthday.

                  (ii)     Services must be  supervised by a Physician,  and are
                           limited to the following intervals:

                           (A)    Birth, 1 week, and 2 weeks;

                           (B)    2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, and 18 months; and

                           (C)    Once each year from age 2 to age 6.

                  (iii)    Expenses include:

                           (A)    Routine   immunizations,    injections,    and
                                  inoculations to age 6;

                           (B)    A complete DPT (diphtheria pertussis) series;

                           (C)    A TB  (tuberculosis)  test as deemed necessary
                                  by the Physician;

                           (D)    HIB vaccination;

                           (E)    One hemoglobin blood test at each visit;

                           (F)    One urinalysis test at each visit; and

                           (G)    A complete polio series.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 32
<PAGE>


3.08     Transplant Coverage Limits
         --------------------------

         This  Plan  shall  pay one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  Usual and
         Customary Charges for Medically Necessary organ and tissue transplants,
         but not in excess of 100% of the Usual and  Customary  Charges for such
         transplants  by a  transplant  facility  certified  by the ASO. The ASO
         should be contacted via a toll-free number for a list of such certified
         facilities.

         Charges  otherwise  covered  under this Plan that are  Incurred for the
         care and treatment due to an organ or tissue  transplant are subject to
         the following limits:

         (a)      The  transplant  shall be  performed  to  replace  an organ or
                  tissue of the covered  Person.  However,  coverage is provided
                  only for the following  Medically  Necessary  organ and tissue
                  transplants and only if the transplant  program which requires
                  these services has been approved by the Plan Administrator and
                  ASO prior to the transplant procedure being performed.

                  (i)      Bone Marrow Transplants

                  (ii)     Heart Transplants

                  (iii)    Kidney Transplants

                  (iv)     Liver Transplants

                  (v)      Heart/Lung Transplants

         (b)      Benefits for the covered transplant service shall be paid only
                  if the  Covered  Person has been  covered  under this Plan for
                  Medical  Benefits for the  immediately  preceding  twelve (12)
                  consecutive months.

         (c)      For  transplant  services to be covered they shall be provided
                  during the transplant Benefit Period which is a period of time
                  which starts five (5) days prior to the day the Covered Person
                  receives the  transplant and ends twelve (12) months after the
                  date the transplant  procedure is performed.  A new transplant
                  Benefit Period starts only when the next transplant occurs six
                  (6) months after the previous transplant was performed.

         (d)      Transplant  center services are covered  provided the Facility
                  is approved by the Plan Administrator and

                  (i)      has  consistent,  fair  and  practical  criteria  for
                           selecting patients for transplants;

                  (ii)     has a written  agreement with an organization that is
                           legally authorized to obtain donor organs; and



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 33
<PAGE>


                  (iii)    complies   with  all   federal  and  state  laws  and
                           regulations  that apply to transplants  covered under
                           this Plan.

         (e)      Charges for legally  obtaining  human donor organs from within
                  the United States or Canada shall be Eligible  Expenses  under
                  this Plan when the recipient is a Covered Person and the organ
                  is used for approved  covered  transplant  services.  When the
                  donor has  medical  coverage,  his plan  shall be the  primary
                  payor.  The Benefits under this Plan shall be reduced by those
                  payable  under the donor's plan.  Donor charges  include those
                  for:

                  (i)      evaluating the organ or tissue;

                  (ii)     removing the organ or tissue from the donor; and

                  (iii)    transportation of the organ or tissue from within the
                           United  States  or  Canada  to the  place  where  the
                           transplant is to take place within the United States.

         (f)      This Plan shall pay  for donor's fees.

         (g)      Coverage of reasonable travel and temporary lodging costs to a
                  designated Facility is limited to the following:

                  (i)      Pre-approved transportation for the recipient and one
                           (1) person accompanying the recipient to and from the
                           Facility  if the  patient  lives at least one hundred
                           (100)  miles  from the  designated  Facility.  If the
                           recipient  has  not  reached  his or  her  eighteenth
                           (18th)   birthday  at  the  time  of  the  transplant
                           procedure,  pre-approved  transportation  for two (2)
                           individuals accompanying the recipient are covered.

                  (ii)     Up to Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) per day for
                           pre-approved   lodging   and  meals  for  the  person
                           accompanying the recipient.  If the recipient has not
                           reached his or her eighteenth  (18th) birthday at the
                           time  of  the  transplant   procedure,   pre-approved
                           lodging   and   meals   for   two   (2)   individuals
                           accompanying  the recipient are covered up to a total
                           Benefit of Four Hundred Dollars ($400.00) per day.


3.9      Exclusions and Limitations for Organ Transplants
         ------------------------------------------------

         In addition to the limitations and exclusions contained in this Section
         3.09 and in Section 3.13, this Plan does not provide Benefits  relating
         to an organ transplant for services, supplies or charges:

         (a)      which are not Medically Necessary;

         (b)      which are not furnished through a transplant  program approved
                  by this Plan;


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 34
<PAGE>


         (c)      which  are not  furnished  by or under  the  regulations  of a
                  transplant center approved by this Plan;

         (d)      which are not provided during a transplant Benefit Period;

         (e)      which  are not  furnished  by or under  the  supervision  of a
                  transplant  center other than the transplant  center where the
                  transplant was performed;

         (f)      for other than legally obtained organs;

         (g)      which are  unrelated  to an organ  transplant  covered by this
                  Plan or  unrelated  to the  diagnosis  or treatment of Illness
                  resulting directly from the transplant;

         (h)      for blood donor fees;

         (i)      for medications which do not require a prescription;

         (j)      for travel time and travel related expenses of a Provider;

         (k)      for any transplant  when the condition  arose out of or in the
                  course of employment;

         (l)      rendered  for the  treatment  of a Mental  Disorder,  Chemical
                  Dependency,  or  Alcoholism,  whether  or not such  Illness is
                  connected to an organ transplant condition;

         (m)      which are not expressly listed as an Eligible Expense; or

         (n)      which are not approved,  prior to the service being  rendered,
                  by the  Plan  Administrator  and  the  ASO if and  only to the
                  extent expressly provided by this Plan.

         Any  service  not  specifically  excluded  herein  shall be an Eligible
Expense.

3.10     Coverage of Nursery Care
         ------------------------

         Routine  Nursery Care is Room and Board,  and other  normal  care,  for
         which a Hospital considers an expense and charges the patient.  Covered
         Expenses for Nursery Care include the Usual and  Customary  Charge made
         by the Hospital for routine  Nursery Care provided  while the mother is
         Hospital Confinement after birth, subject to the following:

         (a)      This coverage is only provided if a parent is a Covered Person
                  who was  covered  under  this Plan at the  termination  of the
                  Pregnancy  and  the  Child  is an  eligible  Dependent  and is
                  neither injured nor ill.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 35
<PAGE>


         (b)      The Benefit is limited to the Usual and Customary Charges made
                  by  a  Physician   for  the  Newborn   while  under   Hospital
                  Confinement as a result of the Child's birth.

3.11     Coverage of Pregnancy
         ---------------------

         The Usual and Customary Charges for the care and treatment of Pregnancy
         are covered the same as any other Illness.

3.12     Christian Science Practitioners and Nurses
         ------------------------------------------

         Expenses  for  visits  for  healing  purposes  by a  Christian  Science
         practitioner  listed as such in the Christian  Science Journal (current
         at the time of the visits) shall be considered for Benefits, subject to
         the  provisions  that would  apply if the  expenses  were  charged by a
         Physician.  Expenses for  professional  nursing services of a Christian
         Science  nurse  shall be  included  on the same  basis,  subject to the
         provisions that apply to expenses for other nursing services.

3.13     Medical Benefit Exclusions
         --------------------------

         The following shall not be considered  Eligible  Expenses under Article
III:

         (a)      Care  and  treatment  that is not  Medically  Necessary  or is
                  Experimental in nature or not an acceptable medical practice.

         (b)      Charges Incurred prior to the Effective Date or after coverage
                  is terminated.

         (c)      Care and  treatment  for  which  there  would  not have been a
                  charge if no coverage had been in force or the Covered  Person
                  has no legal obligation to pay.

         (d)      Charges  for  personal   comfort  items  such  as  television,
                  telephones, admission kits, lotion, powder, toothpaste, etc.

         (e)      Charges for  Physicians  fees for any  treatment  which is not
                  rendered by or in the physical  presence of the Physician,  or
                  not ordered by a Physician or not Medically Necessary.

         (f)      The part of an expense for care and  treatment of an Injury or
                  Illness that is in excess of the Usual and Customary Charge.

         (g)      Care and  treatment  of an Injury or Illness  that,  in either
                  case, is occupational,  that is, arises from any work for wage
                  or profit. However, an occupational Injury or Illness shall be
                  considered if the person is not eligible to apply for coverage
                  under Workers' Compensation or a like law.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 36
<PAGE>


         (h)      Care, treatment,  or supplies furnished by a program or agency
                  funded by any  government,  or any Injury or Illness  while in
                  active  military  duty.  This  subsection  does  not  apply to
                  Medicaid or where otherwise prohibited by law.

         (i)      For injuries  sustained while committing a crime or an assault
                  or  felony,  or  while   participating  in  a  riot  or  civil
                  insurrection.

         (j)      Any loss that is due to a declared or undeclared act of war.

         (k)      Any loss due to an intentionally  self-inflicted Injury, while
                  sane or insane.

         (l)      Professional  services  performed  by a person who  ordinarily
                  resides  in the  Covered  Person's  home or is  related to the
                  Covered Person whether the  relationship is by blood or exists
                  in law.

         (m)      Care  and  treatment  provided  for  cosmetic  reasons.   This
                  exclusion  will  not  apply  if the  care  and  treatment  are
                  Medically Necessary, and:

                  (i)      is  for  repair  of  damage  from  an  Accident  that
                           occurred  while the  person  was  covered  under this
                           Plan;

                  (ii)     is due solely to  surgical  removal of all or part of
                           the breast tissue  because of an Injury or Illness to
                           the breast; or

                  (iii)    is for correction of a Congenital  Anomaly in a Child
                           born while one of the parents was covered  under this
                           Plan.

         (n)      Routine  Physical  Examinations,  lab tests, and routine chest
                  x-rays beyond any such coverage allowed by this Plan.

         (o)      Services  or  supplies   provided   mainly  as  a  rest  cure,
                  maintenance,  or Custodial Care or for the primary  purpose of
                  changing or controlling one's environment.

         (p)      Care and  treatment  billed by a  Hospital  for  non-Emergency
                  Admissions on a Friday or a Saturday. This subsection does not
                  apply if surgery is performed within twenty-four (24) hours of
                  admission.

         (q)      Charges for telephone  consultations unless in lieu of patient
                  transport.

         (r)      Missed  appointments  or for the  completion of claim forms or
                  claim inquiries.

         (s)      Drugs, vitamins,  nutrients, and food supplements that are not
                  Prescription  Drugs,  even if prescribed or  administered by a
                  Physician.

         (t)      Any charges  Incurred  by a patient  while on leave of absence
                  from a Hospital  or while  confined  but during  which time no
                  treatment was rendered.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 37
<PAGE>


         (u)      Professional services billed by a Physician or nurse who is an
                  employee of a Hospital or Skilled Nursing Facility and paid by
                  the Hospital or Facility for the service,  including residents
                  and interns.

         (v)      Charges  for drugs  dispensed  in a  doctor's  office or "take
                  home" drugs upon Hospital discharge.

         (w)      Professional  nursing  services  if  rendered  by other than a
                  Registered  Nurse  or  a  Licensed  Practical  Nurse,   unless
                  specifically  listed as a Covered  Expense  elsewhere  in this
                  Plan and any precertification requirements are fulfilled.

         (x)      Services of any unlicensed Provider.

         (y)      Services that are of the nature of  educational  or vocational
                  testing or training.

         (z)      Exercise programs or equipment for treatment of any condition,
                  unless covered as Durable Medical Equipment.

         (aa)     Charges Incurred for  recreational  activities or recreational
                  travel, even if prescribed by a Physician.

         (bb)     Chelation (metallic ion therapy).

         (cc)     Care and  treatment  for  gender  identity  disorders  and sex
                  transformations.

         (dd)     Care and treatment for reversal of surgical sterilization.

         (ee)     Artificial insemination or in vitro fertilization, GIFT, ZIFT,
                  etc., and any other fertilization surgeries.

         (ff)     Care and  treatment  of an Injury or Illness that results from
                  engaging in competition for which  remuneration or prize money
                  is available to participants as the result of the competition.

         (gg)     Care and  treatment  of any Illness or Injury from any release
                  of nuclear  energy except only when  prescribed by a Physician
                  and used solely for medical  treatment or Illness or Injury of
                  the Covered Person.

         (hh)     Except for that provided in Article IV, eye  refractions,  eye
                  glasses,   contact  lenses,  or  the  fitting  of  them.  This
                  exclusion  does not apply to aphakic  patients and soft lenses
                  or sclera shells intended for use as corneal bandages.

         (ii)     Dental  care  except (i) as  provided in Article V and Section
                  3.04,  and (ii) for  Accidental  injury  to  natural  teeth if
                  initial  treatment is received within 72 hours of the Accident
                  and    on-going    treatment    is   being    rendered    with
                  pre-determination approval by the Plan Administrator.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 38
<PAGE>


         (jj)     The  following  care,  treatment,  or  supplies  for the feet:
                  orthopedic  shoes,   orthopedic  prescription  devices  to  be
                  attached to or placed in shoes;  treatment of weak,  strained,
                  flat, unstable or unbalanced feet, metatarsalgia, or bunions.

         (kk)     Swimming pools,  exercising  equipment,  vibratory  equipment,
                  elevators,    stair   lifts,   blood   pressure   instruments,
                  stethoscopes,  clinical thermometers, scales, elastic bandages
                  or stockings, wigs, devices for simulating natural female body
                  contours   (except   for   post   mastectomy   surgery),   and
                  non-prescription first-aid supplies.

         (ll)     Care and  treatment  for hair  loss,  unless due to Illness or
                  Disease.

         (mm)     Acupuncture or hypnosis,  except when performed by a Physician
                  in lieu of anesthesia.

         (nn)     Charges for premarital examinations,  preemployment physicals,
                  or insurance physicals.

         (oo)     Marital/family counseling.

         (pp)     Care and  treatment  of Mental  Disorders  beyond the  Benefit
                  limits set forth in Section 3.14.

         (qq)     Hospitalization   primarily  for  Physical  Therapy  or  other
                  rehabilitative  care,  hospitalization  primarily  for  x-ray,
                  laboratory  or other  diagnostic  studies,  except  where such
                  services  cannot  be  rendered  safely  and  adequately  on an
                  Out-Patient basis.

         (rr)     Charges for  processing  and testing  autologous or homologous
                  blood,  blood components or blood  derivatives which have been
                  donated for own use to be reused, in excess of normal charges.

         (ss)     Claims filed beyond the filing limitation period.

         (tt)     Legal expenses.

         (uu)     Charges for treatment for Temporomandibular  Joint Dysfunction
                  (TMJ) (TMJ is considered under Article V), upper and lower jaw
                  augmentation, or reduction procedures (orthognathic surgery).

         (vv)     Charges for treatment of Myofacial Pain Dysfunction (these are
                  considered under Article V).

         (ww)     Non-medical   self-care,   self-help  training,  and  holistic
                  medicine.

         (xx)     Biofeedback.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 39
<PAGE>


         (yy)     Charges  which  are not  specified  in this  Plan as  Eligible
                  Expenses.

         (zz)     Care, treatment,  or x-ray exams for mouth conditions that are
                  due to periodontal or periapical  disease,  involve any of the
                  teeth or  surrounding  tissue or  structure,  or  involve  the
                  alveolar  process or  gingival  tissue  (these are  considered
                  under Article V). This  exclusion does not apply to the extent
                  that dental care and treatment are specifically included under
                  Article III.

         (aaa)    Expenses  for the  surgical  removal of impacted  wisdom teeth
                  (these are considered under Article V).

         (bbb)    Charges for the use of a Freestanding Birthing Center.

         Any  medical  service  not   specifically   excluded  herein  shall  be
considered an Eligible Expense.

3.14     Mental Health/Substance Abuse Treatment Benefits
         ------------------------------------------------

         Mental health and substance abuse Benefits shall be administered by the
Claims Administrator.

         (a)      Prior Notice:  Before seeking treatment a Covered Person shall
                  contact the Mental Health Program Administrator. If the Mental
                  Health  Program   Administrator  is  not  contacted  prior  to
                  treatment  in  nonemergency  situations,   Benefits  shall  be
                  reduced by twenty percent (20%).

         (b)      Emergency Care: If a Covered Person requires  emergency mental
                  health hospitalization the Mental Health Program Administrator
                  shall be contacted  immediately,  and in no event,  later than
                  forty-eight  (48)  hours  after  the  Covered  Person's  first
                  emergency  treatment.  Failure  to contact  the Mental  Health
                  Program   Administrator   within  forty-eight  (48)  hours  of
                  treatment shall cause Benefits to be reduced by twenty percent
                  (20%),  unless it is not  reasonably  practicable to make such
                  contact within forty-eight (48) hours and such contact is made
                  as soon as reasonably practicable.

         (c)      Elective/Non-Emergency  Admission:  The Mental Health  Program
                  Administrator  should  be  contacted  at least  seven (7) days
                  prior to the elective admission.

3.15     Chemical Dependency/Substance Abuse
         -----------------------------------

         A  Covered  Person  shall  be  entitled  to up to two (2)  episodes  of
         treatment in the Covered  Person's  Lifetime.  Such treatment  shall be
         pre-approved by the Claims Administrator.

         (a)      The  Claims  Administrator  should be  contacted  prior to any
                  treatment or within  forty-eight  (48) hours of any  Emergency
                  Admission.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 40
<PAGE>


         (b)      Failure to contact  the Claims  Administrator,  as provided in
                  subsection  (a) above,  shall cause  Benefits to be reduced to
                  eighty  percent  (80%) for  treatment in the Covered  Person's
                  Lifetime.

         (c)      With regard to Emergency  Admission  for Chemical  Dependency,
                  once the Covered Person is stabilized,  the Covered Person may
                  be  required  to  move  to a  Network  Hospital,  if not  then
                  admitted to a Network Hospital.

         (d)      Claims for  treatment of Chemical  Dependency/Substance  Abuse
                  shall be submitted to the Claims Administrator.

3.16     Subrogation
         -----------

         Payment of Benefits is made subject to the  provisions  of this Section
3.16.

         (a)      If a Covered Person is injured and a third party may be liable
                  for the Covered Person's medical expenses, this Plan shall not
                  pay those  expenses  unless the Covered Person first agrees to
                  repay this Plan to the extent the Covered Person  recovers any
                  amounts actually paid by this Plan from the third party.

         (b)      A Covered Person, by receiving payment of Benefits,  agrees to
                  cooperate with the Plan  Administrator  to protect this Plan's
                  right to Subrogation.  This shall include,  but not be limited
                  to, the Covered  Person's  providing  this Plan with a written
                  assignment  of the  Covered  Person's  right to pursue a claim
                  against the third party or granting  this Plan a lien  against
                  proceeds  recovered from a third party.  The lien may be filed
                  with the  person  whose act caused  the  injuries,  his or her
                  agent, an insurer, a court having  jurisdiction in the matter,
                  or any other person.

         (c)      If the Covered Person receives  payment for such expenses from
                  the third party, by way of settlement or in satisfaction for a
                  judgment,  this Plan must be reimbursed by the Covered  Person
                  for all Benefits paid. The amount of such reimbursement  shall
                  not exceed the lesser of:

                  (i)      the amount  received by the  Covered  Person from the
                           third party; or

                  (ii)     the  amount  this  Plan  paid  with  respect  to said
                           Injury.

         (d)      In no event  shall  this Plan be  responsible  for  paying any
                  attorney fees the Covered Person may incur in connection  with
                  such  Subrogation  right,  unless this Plan agrees to pay such
                  expenses  in writing.  In no event shall this Plan's  right to
                  recover  from such third party be reduced  because the Covered
                  Person fails to recover all that he believes to be due.








                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 41
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------
                              PRESCRIPTION BENEFITS
                              ---------------------


4.01     Prescription Drug Benefits
         --------------------------

         This  Plan  shall  pay one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  Usual and
         Customary  Charges of a Pharmacy  for any A-rated or  AB-rated  generic
         drug prescribed by a Physician, and, if there is no generic equivalent,
         the brand name  Prescription Drug available;  provided however,  that a
         Physician may require the use of the brand name  Prescription Drug if a
         generic  drug is  available  if the  prescription  contains  the legend
         "dispense  as written" in the  Physician's  handwriting.  Each  Covered
         Person shall be issued a Prescription Card that provides for the direct
         payment to participating  Pharmacies of the cost of Prescription  Drugs
         for  such  Covered  Person.  Benefits  shall  be paid  directly  to the
         Pharmacy by the issuer of such card or  reimbursed  by the  Employer if
         not so paid.

4.02     Exclusions
         ----------

         The following  shall not be considered  Covered  Expenses under Article
IV:

         (a)      A charge  excluded under Medical Plan  Exclusions (see Section
                  3.13).

         (b)      A drug or  medicine  that can  legally  be  bought  without  a
                  written  prescription.  This  does  not  apply  to  injectable
                  insulin.

         (c)      Devices of any type,  even though  such  devices may require a
                  prescription.  These devices  include (but are not limited to)
                  therapeutic devices,  artificial  appliances,  braces, support
                  garments, or any similar device (these may be considered under
                  Article III).

         (d)      Injectables,  immunization  agents,  biological sera, blood or
                  blood plasma, or medications  prescribed for parenteral use or
                  administration.

         (e)      A drug or medicine labeled:  "Caution - limited by federal law
                  to investigational use".

         (f)      Experimental drugs and medicines, even though a charge is made
                  to the Covered Person.

         (g)      Any charges for the administration of Prescription  Drugs; and
                  drugs  or   medicines   delivered  or   administered   by  the
                  prescriber.

         (h)      Any drug or medicine that is consumed or  administered  at the
                  place where it is dispensed.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 42
<PAGE>


         (i)      A drug or medicine that is to be taken by the Covered  Person,
                  in whole or in part,  while under Hospital  Confinement.  This
                  includes being confined in any institution that has a Facility
                  for the  dispensing  of drugs and  medicines on its  premises.
                  (These are considered under Article III.)

         (j)      A charge for Prescription Drugs which may be properly received
                  without charge under local, state or federal programs.

         (k)      A charge for hypodermic syringes and/or needles.

         (l)      Charges  for a  prescription  refill in  excess of the  number
                  specified by the Physician or any refill  dispensed  after one
                  (1) year from the order of a Physician.

         Any item described in Section 4.01 and not specifically excluded herein
         shall be considered an Eligible Expense under this Article IV.















                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 43
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ---------
                              DENTAL CARE BENEFITS
                              --------------------


5.01     Plan Limits for Dental Care
         ---------------------------

         This  Plan  shall  pay the Usual and  Customary  Charges  charged  by a
         Dentist or other  Physician for necessary  care,  appliances,  or other
         dental material listed as an Eligible Expense below.

         A dental charge is Incurred on the date the service or supply for which
         it is made is performed or furnished. However, there are times when one
         overall  charge  is made for all or part of a course of  treatment.  In
         this case, the Claims Administrator shall apportion that overall charge
         to each of the separate visits or treatments. The pro rata charge shall
         be considered to be Incurred as each visit or treatment is completed.

5.02     Eligible Expenses for Dental Care
         ---------------------------------

         (a)      Preventive Dental Procedures
                  ----------------------------

                  (i)      Routine   oral   exams,    including   the   cleaning
                           (prophylaxis) of the teeth limited,  however,  to two
                           (2) exams per Calendar Year per Covered Person.

                  (ii)     Four (4) bitewing x-rays per year.

                  (iii)    One (1)  fluoride  treatment  twice  (2) per year for
                           Dependents.

                  (iv)     Full mouth x-rays, once every three (3) years.

         (b)      Routine Dental Procedures
                  -------------------------

                  (i)      Dental   x-rays   (videographs)   not  covered  under
                           subsection   5.02(a)  above,  to  determine  required
                           dental treatment.

                  (ii)     Oral  Surgery,  limited  to  the  removal  of  teeth,
                           preparation  of the mouth for dentures and removal of
                           tooth-generated cysts of less than 1/4 inch.

                  (iii)    Periodontics (gum treatments).

                  (iv)     Endodontics (root canals).

                  (v)      Extractions including any anesthesia provided.

                  (vi)     Recementing bridges, crowns, or inlays.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 44
<PAGE>


                  (vii)    Fillings, other than gold.

                  (viii)   General anesthetics.

                  (ix)     Antibiotic drugs.


         (c)      Major Dental Procedure
                  ----------------------

                  (i)      Gold restorations,  including inlays, onlays and foil
                           fillings.  The cost of gold restorations in excess of
                           the cost for amalgam,  synthetic porcelain or plastic
                           materials shall be included only when the teeth shall
                           be restored with gold.

                  (ii)     Installing crowns.

                  (iii)    Installing   precision   attachments   for  removable
                           dentures.

                  (iv)     Installing  partial,  full or  removable  dentures to
                           replace  one  (1) or more  natural  teeth  that  were
                           extracted  while  the  person  was  covered  for this
                           Benefit.  This service also includes all  adjustments
                           made  during a six (6)  month  period  following  the
                           installation.

                  (v)      Adding clasps or rests to existing partial  removable
                           dentures.

                  (vi)     Initially  installing fixed bridgework to replace one
                           (1) or more natural teeth which were extracted  while
                           the person was covered for these Benefits.

                  (vii)    Repairing crowns, bridgework and removable dentures.

                  (viii)   Rebasing or relining removable dentures.

                  (ix)     Replacing  an  existing  removable  partial  or  full
                           denture  or  fixed  bridgework;  adding  teeth  to an
                           existing  removable partial denture;  or adding teeth
                           to existing  bridgework  to replace  newly  extracted
                           natural teeth. However, this item shall apply only if
                           one of the following tests is met:

                           (A)      The  replacement  or  addition  of  teeth is
                                    required  because  of  one or  more  natural
                                    teeth  being  extracted  after the person is
                                    covered under these Benefits;

                           (B)      The  existing   denture  or  bridgework  was
                                    installed  at least five (5) years  prior to
                                    its replacement and cannot currently be made
                                    serviceable; or



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 45
<PAGE>


                           (C)      The  existing  denture  is of  an  immediate
                                    temporary  nature.  Further,  replacement by
                                    permanent  dentures  is  required  and shall
                                    take place  within  twelve  (12) months from
                                    the   date   the   temporary   denture   was
                                    installed.

         (d)      Orthodontic Treatment and Appliances
                  ------------------------------------

                  (i)      Treatment  to move  teeth by means of  appliances  to
                           correct a  handicapping  malocclusion  of the  mouth.
                           These services include:

                           (A)      This  Plan  shall  pay one  hundred  percent
                                    (100%) of the Usual  and  Customary  Charges
                                    for  preliminary  study,  including  x-rays,
                                    diagnostic casts, and Treatment Plan, active
                                    treatments, and retention appliance; and

                           (B)      Payments   for   comprehensive   full-banded
                                    Orthodontic treatments.  Such treatments are
                                    paid at fifty  percent  (50%)  of Usual  and
                                    Customary  Charges and made in eighteen (18)
                                    monthly  installments.  This Plan  shall pay
                                    fifty  percent  (50%) of the  banding in the
                                    first  monthly  installment.  The  remaining
                                    charges shall be paid at fifty percent (50%)
                                    in equal  installments  over a period of the
                                    next seventeen (17) months.

                   (ii)     This  Plan  shall not pay for any  Orthodontic  care
                            rendered  prior to the  Covered  Person's  effective
                            date  under  this  Plan.  This  Plan  shall  pay for
                            Orthodontic   care   after  the   Covered   Person's
                            Effective  Date  under this Plan if money is owed to
                            the  Physician  and the  covered  person is still in
                            treatment   based  on  the   remaining   course   of
                            treatment.

        (e)       Diagnosis  and  Non-Surgical  Treatment  of  Temporomandibular
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
        
                  Joint Dysfunction and Myofacial Pain Dysfunction

                  This Plan shall pay one  hundred  percent  (100%) of the Usual
                  and  Customary  Charges  for  treatment  for  a  diagnosis  of
                  Temporomandibular   Joint   Dysfunction   and  Myofacial  Pain
                  Dysfunction.

        (f)       Impacted Wisdom Teeth
                  ---------------------

                  This Plan shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of the Hospital
                  expenses  and one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  Usual and
                  Customary  Charges for the surgical removal of impacted wisdom
                  teeth.

        (g)       Predetermination of Benefits
                  ----------------------------

                  Before  commencing  dental  treatment  for which the charge is
                  expected to be Two Hundred Fifty Dollars  ($250.00) or more, a
                  Covered Person may submit a predetermination  of Benefits form
                  to the Mental Health Program Administrator.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 46
<PAGE>


                  (i)      The  regular  dental  claim  form  shall  be used and
                           completed  by  the  Dentist   itemizing  all  of  the
                           recommended  services,  costs for each and attach all
                           supporting   x-rays   to   the   form.   The   Claims
                           Administrator   shall   notify  the  Dentist  of  the
                           Benefits payable under this Plan.

                  (ii)     Any  services  not  included in the payable  expenses
                           reported to the  Dentist by the Claims  Administrator
                           may be  resubmitted to the Plan  Administrator  for a
                           redetermination   of   payable   expenses   for   the
                           recommended  treatment.  The Plan  Administrator  may
                           determine  that the excess  amounts  shall be paid by
                           this Plan in his sole and absolute discretion.

                  (iii)    If a description  of the  procedures to be performed,
                           x-rays and an estimate of the Dentist's  fees are not
                           submitted    prior   to    treatment,    the   Claims
                           Administrator   reserves   the   right   to   make  a
                           determination of Benefits payable taking into account
                           alternative   procedures,   services  or  courses  of
                           treatment,  based on  accepted  standards  of  dental
                           practices. If verification of the necessity of dental
                           services  cannot  reasonably  be made,  the  Benefits
                           payable may be reduced.

         (h)      Alternative Treatment
                  ---------------------

                  If a Covered Person chooses a more expensive treatment than is
                  needed  to  correct a dental  problem  according  to  accepted
                  standards of dental  practice,  the Benefit  shall be based on
                  the  cost  of  the  treatment  which  provides  professionally
                  satisfactory  results at the most  cost-effective  level.  Any
                  difference  in cost  between the  professionally  satisfactory
                  treatment and patient choice of treatment shall be paid by the
                  Covered Person.

5.03     Dental Benefit Exclusions
         -------------------------

         The following shall not be considered Covered Expenses under Article V:

         (a)      Services that are excluded under Section 3.14 (Medical Benefit
                  Exclusions).

         (b)      Care,  treatment  or supplies  for which a charge was Incurred
                  before a person was Covered under this Plan.

         (c)      Charges  excluded  or  limited  by this Plan as stated in this
                  document.

         (d)      Charges  Incurred  for which the  Covered  Person has no legal
                  obligation to pay.

         (e)      Care and  treatment  of an Injury or Illness  that,  in either
                  case, is  occupational - that is, arises from work for wage or
                  profit, including self-employment.

         (f)      Care and  treatment  for  which  there  would  not have been a
                  charge if no coverage had been in force.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 47
<PAGE>

         (g)      Care,  treatment or supplies  furnished by a program or agency
                  funded by any  government.  This does not apply to Medicaid or
                  when otherwise prohibited by law.

         (h)      Care   and   treatment   that  is   either   Experimental   or
                  Investigational in nature or not Medically Necessary.

         (i)      The part of an expense for care and  treatment of an Injury or
                  Illness that is in excess of the Usual and Customary Charge.

         (j)      For Injuries  sustained while  committing an assault or felony
                  or while participating in a riot or civil insurrection.

         (k)      Any loss that is due to a declared or undeclared act of war.

         (l)      Any loss due to an intentionally  self-inflicted Injury, while
                  sane or insane.

         (m)      All diagnostic and treatment services related to the treatment
                  of  jaw  joint  problems  including   Temporomandibular  Joint
                  Dysfunction and Myofacial Pain Dysfunction.

         (n)      Services  that,  to any extent,  are payable under any medical
                  expense Benefits of this Plan. See Article III.

         (o)      Services  which are not included in the list of covered dental
                  services.

         (p)      Crowns for teeth that are restorable by other means or for the
                  purpose of periodontal splinting.

         (q)      Crowns,  fillings  or  appliances  that  are  used to  connect
                  (splint)  teeth,  changes  or alters  the way the teeth  meet,
                  including  altering  the vertical  dimension or restoring  the
                  bite (occlusion), or are cosmetic in nature.

         (r)      Orthognathic surgery.

         (s)      Expense of denture  replacement less than five (5) years after
                  a preceding denture replacement.

         (t)      Expenses  Incurred for  dentures  during the twelve (12) month
                  period  after  the  Effective  Date of dental  coverage,  with
                  respect to the Covered Person, unless:

                  (i)      Dentures are required  because of the  extraction  of
                           one or more natural teeth after the Effective Date of
                           dental coverage; and

                  (ii)     The  insertion  of an opposing  denture  necessitates
                           replacement  of an existing  denture,  subject to the
                           above provisions.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 48
<PAGE>


         Any item or  service  described  in Section  5.02 and not  specifically
         excluded herein shall be considered an Eligible Expense.




















                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 49
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------
                              VISION CARE BENEFITS
                              --------------------


6.01     Plan Limits
         -----------

         This  Plan  shall  pay one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  Usual and
         Customary  Charges for vision care and  related  services,  such as eye
         examinations, frames and lenses, based on the following schedule:

          (a)     Vision exams              100% of charges

          (b)     Clear Lenses (Pair)
                  Single vision             100% of charges
                  Bifocal                   100% of charges
                  Trifocal                  100% of charges

          (c)     Frames                    100% of charges

          (d)     Contact Lenses
                  Cosmetic or medically     100% of charges
                  necessary (in lieu
                  of lenses and frame
                  allowance)

          (e)     Frequency of Service
                  Vision Exam               once every 12 months
                  Lenses                    once every 12 months
                  Frames                    once every 24 months
                  Contact lenses            once every 24 months

6.02     Provider Reimbursement
         ----------------------

         Any Covered  Person may visit the  Optometrist  of their choice for the
         above vision care  services.  The Covered Person shall be reimbursed by
         this Plan according to the limits set forth in Section 6.01.

6.03     Vision Care Limits and Exclusions
         ---------------------------------

         This Plan shall not  provide  Benefits  for  professional  services  or
materials connected with:

         (a)      Orthoptic or vision  training and any associated  supplemental
                  testing;  Plano  lenses;  or two  pair of  glasses  in lieu of
                  bifocals;

         (b)      Medical or surgical  treatment of the eyes  (considered  under
                  Article III);


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 50
<PAGE>


         (c)      Any eye examination or any corrective  eyewear  required by an
                  Employer as a condition of employment;

         (d)      Any Injury or Illness for which  coverage is provided under an
                  Workers'  Compensation  or similar law, or which  otherwise is
                  work-related;

         (e)      Safety goggles or sunglasses, including prescription type;

         (f)      Subnormal vision aids or nonprescription lenses;

         (g)      Charges  in excess of the Usual and  Customary  Charge for any
                  care, treatment, service or supply;

         (h)      Any expense which is covered  under another  provision of this
                  Plan; and

         (i)      Experimental treatment or device.

         Any item or  service  otherwise  described  in this  Article VI and not
         specifically excluded herein shall be considered an Eligible Expense.


















                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 51
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   -----------
                            CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE
                            ------------------------


7.01     General
         -------

         Notwithstanding  any provision of this Plan to the  contrary,  coverage
         for  certain  Benefits  under  this  Plan for a Covered  Person  may be
         continued in accordance  with the provisions of this Article VII. These
         provisions  are intended to comply with COBRA and are to be interpreted
         consistent with such intent.

7.02     Continuation of Coverage
         ------------------------

         (a)      Right to Elect Continuation Coverage.

                  Each Qualified  Beneficiary who would lose coverage under this
                  Plan as a result of a  Qualifying  Event  shall be entitled to
                  elect, within the Election Period, Continuation Coverage under
                  this Plan.  Except with respect to a minor Child,  an election
                  not to receive  Continuation  Coverage is only  binding on the
                  individual making the election.

         (b)      Special Definitions.

                  Solely for purposes of this Section 7.02:

                  (i)      Continuation  Coverage means coverage under this Plan
                           which, as of the time coverage is being provided,  is
                           identical  to the coverage  provided  under this Plan
                           immediately   prior  to  the  Qualifying  Event  with
                           respect to  similarly  situated  Covered  Persons for
                           whom a Qualifying Event has not occurred.

                  (ii)     Qualified   Beneficiary  means,  with  respect  to  a
                           Covered Person,  any other individual who, on the day
                           before the Qualifying  Event for such Covered Person,
                           is a Covered Person under this Plan as:

                           (A)      The Spouse of the Covered Retiree, or

                           (B)      The Dependent Child of the Covered Retiree.

                           In  the  case  of a  Qualifying  Event  described  in
                           Section  1.104(d),  the affected  Covered  Retiree is
                           also a Qualified Beneficiary.

                  (iii)    Election  Period  means the one hundred  twenty (120)
                           day  period  beginning  on  the  later  of  the  date
                           coverage under this Plan would terminate by reason of
                           a Qualifying Event, or the date notice is provided in
                           accordance with subsection (e) below.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 52
<PAGE>


                  (iv)     Dependent  includes  a child who is born to or placed
                           for  adoption  with the  Covered  Retiree  during the
                           period of  continuation  coverage  under this Section
                           7.02.

         (c)      Period of Coverage.

                  (i)      If Continuation  Coverage is elected,  coverage shall
                           continue  from the date of the  Qualifying  Event and
                           shall end on:

                           (A)      In the  case  of a loss  of  coverage  which
                                    occurs as a result of an event  described in
                                    Section  1.104(d),  the date of death of the
                                    Covered  Retiree or, if the Covered  Retiree
                                    died prior to the loss of coverage, the date
                                    of  death  of the  surviving  Spouse  of the
                                    deceased Covered Retiree.

                           (B)      In the case of the Covered  Retiree's death,
                                    coverage  shall  end on the  last day of the
                                    36-month  period  that begins on the date of
                                    the Covered Retiree's death.

                           (C)      In the  case  of a loss  of  coverage  which
                                    occurs as a result of the Covered  Retiree's
                                    divorce or legal separation, the last day of
                                    the 36-month  period that begins on the date
                                    of such divorce or legal separation.

                           (D)      In the  case  of a loss  of  coverage  which
                                    occurs  as a result of the loss of a child's
                                    status as a  Dependent,  the last day of the
                                    36-month  period  that begins on the date of
                                    such loss of status.

                  (ii)     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Continuation Coverage
                           shall cease on the earliest of the following dates:

                           (A)      The applicable  date described in subsection
                                    7.02(c)(i),

                           (B)      The date on which there is a failure to make
                                    timely payment  (including any minimum grace
                                    period  required  by  federal  law)  of  any
                                    premium  with   respect  to  the   Qualified
                                    Beneficiary, or

                           (C)      The date on which the Qualified  Beneficiary
                                    (after  the  date  he  elected  Continuation
                                    Coverage),

                                    (1)     Is   covered  as  an   employee   or
                                            otherwise   under  any  other  group
                                            health  plan  which  does not have a
                                            preexisting  condition  exclusion or
                                            limitation provision, or

                                    (2)     Is entitled to Medicare benefits.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 53
<PAGE>


         (d)      The premium cost payable by the Qualifying Beneficiary for any
                  period of  Continuation  Coverage under this Article VII shall
                  be  established by the Plan  Administrator  and may not exceed
                  one hundred  percent (100%) of the applicable  premium cost to
                  this  Plan  for  Continuation  Coverage  for such  period  for
                  similarly   situated   Covered   Persons,   as  determined  in
                  accordance with reasonable  actuarial  standards  consistently
                  applied.

         (e)      The Qualified Beneficiary will have forty five (45) days after
                  selection of  continuation  coverage to submit initial payment
                  to this  Plan  for the  entire  period  of  coverage  from the
                  Qualifying  Event to the end of the month in which  payment is
                  submitted.  If payment is not received  within forty five (45)
                  days  after  the date of  selection,  the  right  to  continue
                  coverage  will be lost.  The Qualified  Beneficiary,  if he so
                  elects  Continuation  Coverage,  shall make subsequent monthly
                  installments of such premium cost.

         (f)      The Plan  Administrator  shall provide  written  notice of the
                  rights provided by this Section 7.02.

                  (i)      Notice shall be provided to each Covered Retiree, his
                           Spouse,  and any other  Dependent  not residing  with
                           either the covered Retiree or his Spouse, on the date
                           an individual commences coverage under this Plan.

                  (ii)     Notice shall be provided to any Qualified Beneficiary
                           no later than fourteen  (14) calendar days  following
                           the date of a  Qualifying  Event  resulting  from the
                           Covered  Retiree's death or the Employer  instituting
                           proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code.

                  (iii)    Notice shall be provided to any Qualified Beneficiary
                           no later than fourteen  (14) calendar days  following
                           the time the Plan  Administrator  is  notified by the
                           Covered   Retiree  or  Qualified   Beneficiary  of  a
                           Qualifying  Event for which the  Covered  Retiree  or
                           Qualified  Beneficiary is required to notify the Plan
                           Administrator under subsection (iv) below.

                  (iv)     The Covered  Retiree or Qualified  Beneficiary  shall
                           notify the Plan  Administrator  of a Qualifying Event
                           resulting from the Covered Retiree's divorce or legal
                           separation  or from a Child's  losing his status as a
                           Dependent   under  this  Plan.  To  be  eligible  for
                           Continuation   Coverage,   the  Covered   Retiree  or
                           Qualified   Beneficiary   shall   notify   the   Plan
                           Administrator  of such Qualifying Event no later than
                           sixty (60) days following the date of such Qualifying
                           Event.

                  (v)      The  Qualified  Beneficiary  has  60  days  to  elect
                           continuation of coverage from the later of:

                           (A)      the Qualifying Event, or


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 54
<PAGE>


                           (B)      the date the  notice  of his or her right to
                                    elect  continuation  of coverage is given by
                                    this  Plan,   provided  that  the  Qualified
                                    Beneficiary  has  complied  with the  notice
                                    requirements described above.

                  (vi)     If continuation of coverage is not elected,  coverage
                           will end on the date the event causing termination of
                           coverage occurred;  provided, however, that Dependent
                           coverage  shall  continue as provided in Section 2.07
                           if the Dependent declines coverage under this Article
                           VII in accordance  with the  provisions of subsection
                           2.07(b).



































                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 55
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ------------
                            COORDINATION OF BENEFITS
                            ------------------------


8.01     Definitions
         -----------

         The  payment  of  all  Benefits  under  this  Plan  is  subject  to the
         provisions of this Article VIII. For purposes of this Article VIII:

         (a)      Coordination  of Benefits  means that if the Covered Person is
                  covered under an Other Plan, as defined in subsection 8.01(b),
                  (or is treated under  Section 8.03 as so covered),  the amount
                  payable under this Plan,  when added to the amount or value of
                  the benefits or services  provided by all Other  Plans,  shall
                  equal the amount of the Allowed Expense which is Incurred.  In
                  no event  will the  amount  payable  by this Plan be more than
                  would  have  been   payable  if  there  were  no  Other  Plan.
                  Coordination  of  Benefits  provisions  shall be  applied on a
                  Calendar Year basis.

         (b)      Other  Plan  means  the  following  coverages,  excluding  any
                  coverage  under  (i),  (ii),  (iii),  or  (iv)  below  that is
                  attributed to coverage of a Covered Person as a "self-employed
                  individual"  or as an  "owner-employee",  as such quoted terms
                  are defined by section 401(c) of the Internal Revenue Code:

                  (i)      group, blanket or franchise insurance coverage,

                  (ii)     Hospital  service  prepayment  plan on a group basis,
                           medical  service  prepayment  plan on a group  basis,
                           group  practice,  or other  prepayment  coverage on a
                           group basis,

                  (iii)    any coverage under labor  management  trusteed plans,
                           union welfare plans,  employer organization plans, or
                           employee benefit organization plans,

                  (iv)     any  group  coverage  through  a  Health  Maintenance
                           Organization    under    the    Health    Maintenance
                           Organization  Act  of  1973,  or any  state  licensed
                           health care maintenance organization, and

                  (v)      any coverage under Medicare or any other governmental
                           programs, or any coverage required or provided by any
                           statute,  which  coverage is not  otherwise  excluded
                           from the calculation of Benefits under This Plan.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Other Plan" shall not
                  include  any  individual  policies or  policies  designed  for
                  individual   purchasers.   The  term  "Other  Plan"  shall  be
                  construed separately with respect to each policy,


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 56
<PAGE>


                  contract,  or other  arrangement  for benefits or services and
                  separately  with  respect to that  portion of any such policy,
                  contract,  or other  arrangement  which  reserves the right to
                  take  the   benefits   or   services   of  Other   Plans  into
                  consideration  in  determining  its  benefits and that portion
                  which does not.

         (c)      Allowed Expense means the Usual and Customary Charge for which
                  the  claimant is entitled to payment  under one or more plans.
                  When  any  Other  Plan  provides  services  rather  than  cash
                  payment, the reasonable cash value of each service shall be an
                  Allowed Expense.

                  The amount  charged by the Health  Care  Provider to the Other
                  Plan for an item of health  expense shall be considered as the
                  amount the Health Care Provider will accept as payment in full
                  for the item of expense.  If such amount  charged to the Other
                  Plan, which is otherwise acceptable under this subsection (c),
                  differs from the reported charge, Allowed Expense for the item
                  of health expense shall not exceed the smaller of the charges.

         (d)      Effect on Benefits. If a person is covered under This Plan and
                  under  one or more  Other  Plans,  the rules set forth in this
                  subsection  (d) shall  govern.  These rules  establishing  the
                  order of benefit determination are:

                  (i)      The benefits of any Other Plan which does not contain
                           provisions  governing  coordination  of benefits with
                           other plans shall be  determined  before the Benefits
                           of This Plan.

                  (ii)     The  benefits of any plan which  covers the person on
                           whose expenses claim is based as an employee shall be
                           determined before the benefits of a plan which covers
                           such person as a dependent.

                  (iii)    Except as provided in subsection (iv),  below, if the
                           person on whose expense claim is based is a dependent
                           child,  the  benefits  of any plan  which  covers the
                           parent  having the earlier  birthday in the  calendar
                           year shall be  determined  before the  benefits  of a
                           plan  which  covers  the  other   parent;   provided,
                           however,  that  if the  parents  of  such  child  are
                           legally separated or divorced, the benefits of a plan
                           which covers the parent  having  custody of the child
                           shall be  determined  before the  benefits  of a plan
                           which  covers the natural  parent not having  custody
                           unless the parent having  custody has  remarried.  If
                           the parent having custody has remarried, the benefits
                           of a plan which covers the parent  having  custody of
                           the child shall be determined  first, the benefits of
                           a  plan  which   covers  the   stepparent   shall  be
                           determined  second,  and the benefits of a plan which
                           covers the natural parent not having custody shall be
                           determined third.

                  (iv)     Notwithstanding  subsection  (iii) above,  if a court
                           order  has   established   which  parent  shall  have
                           financial responsibility for a dependent child,


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 57
<PAGE>


                           the  benefits  of any plan which  covers  such parent
                           shall be  determined  first,  the  benefits of a plan
                           which  covers  the  other  natural  parent  shall  be
                           determined  second,  and the benefits of a plan which
                           covers the  stepparent,  if any,  shall be determined
                           third.

                  (v)      The  benefits  of any plan  required  or  provided by
                           statute  which  covers  the  person for any injury or
                           disease arising out of the ownership,  maintenance or
                           use of a motor vehicle shall be determined before the
                           Benefits of This Plan.

                  (vi)     When the  rules in  subsections  (i) (v) above do not
                           establish  an order  of  benefit  determination,  the
                           benefits of any plan which has covered the person for
                           whose  expenses  the  claim is based  for the  longer
                           period  of  time  shall  be  determined   before  the
                           benefits of a plan which has covered  such person the
                           shorter period of time.

         (e)      Right to  Information.  It may be necessary for information to
                  be  obtained  or  released  in  order  to  coordinate  Benefit
                  payments  with Other Plans.  Claimants  shall furnish all such
                  information to the Plan Administrator upon request.
         (f)      Right of Recovery and Direct Payment.  This Plan has the right
                  to recover from  persons any payments  made by this Plan which
                  exceed those required by these provisions.  This Plan also has
                  the right to make direct payment to persons of amounts paid by
                  them which  should have been paid by this Plan.  Such  payment
                  shall be deemed  Benefits under this Plan and shall  discharge
                  this Plan's liability to the extent of the payment.

         (g)      Right to Receive and Release  Necessary  Information.  For the
                  purpose of determining the  applicability  of and implementing
                  the terms of this  Article  VIII or any  provision  of similar
                  purpose of any Other Plan, the Plan Administrator may, without
                  the consent of or notice to any  person,  release to or obtain
                  from any insurance company or other organization or person any
                  information,  with  respect  to any  person,  which  the  Plan
                  Administrator  deems to be necessary  for such  purposes.  Any
                  person claiming  benefits under This Plan shall furnish to the
                  Plan  Administrator  such  information  as may be necessary to
                  implement this provision.

8.02     Medicare
         --------

         Upon a  Covered  Person's  attainment  of age  65,  this  Plan  becomes
         secondary  to Medicare  whether or not such  Covered  Person  elects to
         enroll in Medicare. This Plan is designed with the expectation that all
         eligible persons shall enroll in Medicare Part A and Part B. Therefore,
         Benefits  payable  under this Plan shall be limited to amounts that are
         otherwise  payable  by this  Plan in excess  of those  amounts  that an
         eligible   person   shall  be  eligible  to  receive   from   Medicare,
         notwithstanding  any election by the  eligible  person not to enroll in
         Medicare.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 58
<PAGE>



8.03     Mandatory Other Plan Coverage
         -----------------------------

         Any Covered  Person who is or becomes  eligible for  coverage  under an
         Other Plan excluding  Medicare shall notify the Plan  Administrator  of
         such  eligibility.  The Plan  Administrator  may require  such  Covered
         Person  (including  his Covered  Dependents) to become a participant in
         such Other Plan. If such a requirement is imposed,  the following rules
         shall apply:

         (a)      If such covered  Person  refuses to  participate in such Other
                  Plan,  Benefits  under  This Plan  shall be limited to amounts
                  that  otherwise  would be payable under This Plan in excess of
                  those amounts that such a Covered  Person would be eligible to
                  receive from such Other Plan if he had  participated as of the
                  earliest    permissible    participation    eligibility   date
                  thereunder.

         (b)      If such a Covered  Person agrees to  participate in such Other
                  Plan, the Employer shall reimburse such Covered Person for one
                  hundred  percent  (100%) of the amount by which  such  Covered
                  Person's annual cost of coverage under such Other Plan for him
                  and his Covered  Dependents  exceeds an annual  amount of five
                  hundred  dollars  ($500.00).   The  Employer  shall  pay  such
                  reimbursement  amount monthly upon receipt of documentation by
                  such Covered Person of his cost of coverage.

8.04     Intent
         ------

         It is the  intent  of this  Article  VII that the  aggregate  amount of
         Benefits  paid  under This Plan and all Other  Plans with  respect to a
         Covered  Person for any Covered  Expense shall equal 100% of the amount
         of  Benefits  that  would  have been  payable  under This Plan for such
         Covered  Expense if there had been no coverage of such  Covered  Person
         under such Other Plan.

8.05     Dispute
         -------

         If there is any dispute or other disagreement between This Plan and any
         Other  Plan as to which  plan is  responsible  for the  payment  of any
         Covered  Expense,  or portion  thereof,  with  respect  to any  Covered
         Person,  (a) This Plan  shall pay the full  amount of the such  Covered
         Expense,  or portion  thereof,  that would have been payable under This
         Plan if there had been no coverage of such  Covered  Person  under such
         Other  Plan,  and (b) This Plan  shall be  subrogated  to such  Covered
         Person's  rights  under such Other Plan to be  reimbursed  for the full
         amount to which such  Covered  Person may be entitled  under such Other
         Plan.






                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 59
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   ----------
                    CLAIMS PROCEDURE AND PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
                    ----------------------------------------


9.01     Application for Benefits.
         -------------------------

         (a)      To entitle himself to the payment of any Benefits for which he
                  is eligible  under this Plan,  a Covered  Person  shall comply
                  with such  administrative  rules and  procedures as the Claims
                  Administrator  may prescribe  with reference to the completion
                  and  filing  of a claim  application  form or forms  and shall
                  furnish  such  other  pertinent   information  as  the  Claims
                  Administrator may require,  together with documentary evidence
                  in support of his claim.  A Covered  Person shall also provide
                  the Claims Administrator with written  authorization to obtain
                  information from his Physician pertaining to the diagnosis and
                  related matters.

         (b)      The Plan  Administrator,  at its own  expense,  shall have the
                  right and opportunity to require the examination of the person
                  whose Illness is the basis of a claim  hereunder,  when and so
                  often as it may reasonably be required during pendency of such
                  claim.

         (c)      No Benefits  shall be paid for claims which are received  more
                  than two (2) years after the expense is Incurred.

9.02     Claims Procedure
         ----------------

         (a)      The Claims  Administrator  shall,  within a  reasonable  time,
                  consider the claim and shall issue its  determination  thereon
                  in writing.  If the claim is granted,  the appropriate payment
                  shall be made.

         (b)      If the  claim  is  wholly  or  partially  denied,  the  Claims
                  Administrator  shall provide the claimant with written  notice
                  of the denial,  setting  forth,  in a manner  calculated to be
                  understood by the claimant,

                  (i)      The specific reason or reasons for the denial,

                  (ii)     Specific  references to pertinent Plan  provisions on
                           which the denial is based,

                  (iii)    A   description   of  any   additional   material  or
                           information necessary for the claimant to perfect the
                           claim  and an  explanation  of why  the  material  or
                           information is necessary, and

                  (iv)     An explanation of this Plan's claim review procedure.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 60
<PAGE>


         (c)      Written  notice  of  the  disposition  of  a  claim  shall  be
                  furnished to the claimant as soon as possible,  but  generally
                  within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed.  However, if
                  special   circumstances  require  an  extension  of  time  for
                  processing,  written  notice of the extension  indicating  the
                  special  circumstances  shall  be  furnished  to the  claimant
                  within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed,  and written
                  notice of the  disposition  of the claim shall be furnished to
                  the  claimant  within one hundred  eighty (180) days after the
                  claim is filed. If notice of denial or of the extension of the
                  time for processing of a claim is not given within ninety (90)
                  days (or within one hundred  eighty (180) days if notice of an
                  extension has been given), such claim shall be deemed denied.

         (d)      Each claimant shall have the  opportunity to appeal in writing
                  the  Claims  Administrator's  denial  of a claim  to the  Plan
                  Administrator for a full and fair review.  The claimant or his
                  or her duly authorized representative

                  (i)      May request a review by filing a written  application
                           with the Plan Administrator,

                  (ii)     May review pertinent documents, and

                  (iii)    May submit issues and comments in writing.

         (e)      A claimant  may request  review of a denied claim within sixty
                  (60) days after  receipt by the claimant of written  notice of
                  denial of his or her claim.

         (f)      The Plan Administrator shall adopt written procedures pursuant
                  to which claims shall be reviewed and may, in its  discretion,
                  adopt   different   written   administrative   procedures  for
                  different  claims  without  being bound by past  actions.  Any
                  administrative  procedures adopted, however, shall be designed
                  to  afford a  claimant  a full and fair  review  of his or her
                  claim.

         (g)      Reviews shall be conducted by the review  official  (which may
                  be a person,  a committee or an arbitrator)  designated by the
                  Plan  Administrator.  The decision by the review official upon
                  review of a claim  shall be made not later  than  thirty  (30)
                  days after the  written  request for review is received by the
                  Plan Administrator,  unless special  circumstances  require an
                  extension  of time for  processing,  in which  case a decision
                  shall be rendered as soon as  possible,  but not later  ninety
                  (90) days after receipt of the request for review.

         (h)      The decision on review  shall be in writing and shall  include
                  specific   reasons  for  the  decision  written  in  a  manner
                  calculated to be  understood  by the  claimant,  with specific
                  references  to the  pertinent  Plan  provisions  on which  the
                  decision is based.

         (i)      Any bill, similar receipt,  or other comparable  documentation
                  related to any


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 61
<PAGE>


                  claim  for  Benefits  that is  submitted  by or on behalf of a
                  Covered  Person  shall  be  presumed   correct  and  shall  be
                  determinative  unless and until the Plan  Administrator  shows
                  otherwise by a clear  preponderance  of the  evidence.  In the
                  event that it shall  ultimately be  determined,  in accordance
                  with the terms of this Plan,  that the Covered Person has been
                  overpaid  because he is not  entitled to the amount of claimed
                  Benefits,  such Covered Person shall repay to the Employer the
                  amount of overpayment.

         (j)      To the extent  permitted by law, and subject to Section  9.05,
                  the  decision  of the  Claims  Administrator  (if no review is
                  properly requested) or the decision of the review official, as
                  the case may be, shall be final and binding on all parties. No
                  legal  action  for  Benefits  under this Plan shall be brought
                  unless and until the claimant has exhausted his remedies under
                  this Section 9.02.

9.03     Payment of Benefits
         -------------------

         (a)      Benefits  shall be payable in either of two  methods:  (1) one
                  hundred  percent (100%) of the Benefits  payable shall be paid
                  to the Covered  Person whose Illness or Injury is the basis of
                  his claim under this Plan,  if charges  made by  Providers  of
                  health  services  for which this Plan's  Benefits  are payable
                  have been paid in full by or on behalf of the Covered  Person;
                  or (2) when an  application  for  Benefits  does  not  include
                  satisfactory  proof that  charges  made by Providers of health
                  services for which this Plan's  Benefits are payable have been
                  paid in full by or on behalf of the Covered  Person,  all or a
                  portion of any Benefits provided by this Plan may, at the Plan
                  Administrator's  option,  be paid  directly to the provider of
                  health services.

         (b)      The Covered Person shall be solely responsible for the payment
                  of any expenses not covered by this Plan.

9.04     Delay in Payment
         ----------------

         If the Plan fails to reimburse  any Covered  Person,  or pay a Provider
         directly,  for the full  amount of any  Eligible  Expense to the extent
         reimbursable  in accordance  with Plan terms,  within a forty-five (45)
         day period beginning on the date that the Eligible Expense is submitted
         for  reimbursement,  the  Employer  shall pay  interest  to the Covered
         Person,  calculated  at the Prime Lending Rate as published in the Wall
         Street  Journal  (or, if such rate is no longer  published  in the Wall
         Street  Journal,  in such other  comparable  publication)  on the first
         business day after last day of such period,  from the first day of such
         period until the date that payment is actually made.  This Section 9.04
         is in  addition  to,  and not in lieu of,  any other  rights to which a
         Covered Person may have under the Plan or applicable law.

9.05     Attorneys Fees
         --------------

         Within ten (10) days after  notice by any Covered  Person that the Plan
         Administrator,


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 62
<PAGE>


         Claims  Administrator,  or any other  person to whom any  fiduciary  or
         administrative responsibility with respect to this Plan is allocated or
         delegated  has failed to comply with any  provision  of this Plan,  the
         Plan Administrator  shall remedy or cure such breach. Any determination
         by such a Covered  Person that a breach has occurred and that  adequate
         remedy has not  occurred  shall be presumed  correct  and shall  govern
         unless the Plan  Administrator  shows by a clear  preponderance  of the
         evidence  that it was not a good faith  reasonable  determination.  The
         Employer shall advance to such Covered Person all reasonable attorneys'
         fees and necessary costs and  disbursement  incurred by or on behalf of
         such  Covered  Person  in  connection  with or as a result of a dispute
         under this Plan,  subject to the  obligation  of the Covered  Person to
         repay the  Employer  for such  advance in the event  that such  Covered
         Person does not ultimately prevail in such dispute.

9.06     Right of Recovery
         -----------------

         Where  Benefit  payments  have  been  paid by this  Plan  for  Eligible
         Expenses in an amount in excess of the amount of payment  necessary  at
         that time to satisfy the intent of this Plan's provisions, this Plan or
         its designated agent shall have the right to recover these payments, to
         the extent of the excess from the  individual  to whom, or for whom, or
         with  respect to whom these  payments  have been made or from any other
         person  who is  legally  or  equitably  accountable  to this  Plan with
         respect to the excess.

9.07     Assignment
         ----------

         No  Benefit  payable  under  this Plan  shall be  subject in any way to
         alienation,   sale,   transfer,    assignment,    pledge,   attachment,
         garnishment,  execution, or encumbrance of any kind, and any attempt to
         accomplish the same shall be void.

         No Covered Person entitled to Benefits under this Plan shall have power
         to transfer, assign, mortgage or otherwise encumber any interest he may
         have herein, or to anticipate in any manner,  by assignment,  agreement
         (including,  but not limited to, any agreement to pay alimony, separate
         maintenance,  or  child  support,  whether  or not  said  agreement  is
         pursuant to, or embodied in, a court order), or otherwise,  the payment
         of any Benefit or any other sum herein provided for him to be made; nor
         shall the  interest  of any  Covered  Person  under this Plan or in any
         Benefit  provided  hereunder  be  subject to  attachment,  garnishment,
         seizure,  or  sequestration  for the  payment of any debts,  judgments,
         decrees, or obligations of any kind owed by such person (including, but
         not limited to, any obligation to pay alimony, separate maintenance, or
         child  support for which said person  shall be obligated by virtue of a
         court order or decree of any court of any  jurisdiction or by virtue of
         any agreement whether or not embodied in such a court order or decree),
         or be  transferable  by  operation  of  law  in  event  of  bankruptcy,
         insolvency or otherwise,  except as provided by section 609 of ERISA or
         as otherwise required by federal law.

9.08     Facility of Payment
         -------------------



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 63
<PAGE>


         If any person entitled to payments  hereunder shall be determined to be
         a minor or under other legal  disability or otherwise  incapacitated in
         any way so as to be unable to manage his  financial  affairs,  the Plan
         Administrator, in its discretion, may direct that all or any portion of
         the Benefit  payments be made (a) to such person,  (b) to such person's
         legal guardian or conservator, or (c) to such person's Spouse or to any
         other person.  The decision of the Plan  Administrator  shall,  in each
         case, be final and binding upon all persons.  Any payment made pursuant
         to the power herein conferred shall operate as a complete  discharge of
         the obligations of this Plan under this Plan in respect hereof.

9.09     Responsibility for Payment
         --------------------------

         This Plan shall be liable for the  payment of  Benefits  in  accordance
         with the terms of this  Plan.  The  Benefits  under  this Plan shall be
         payable solely by this Plan and each Covered Person who shall claim the
         right to any payment  under this Plan shall be entitled to look only to
         this Plan for such payment.























                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 64
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X
                                    ---------
                                 ADMINISTRATION
                                 --------------


10.01    Appointment of the Claims Administrator
         ---------------------------------------

         The Plan Administrator shall appoint in writing a Claims  Administrator
         who shall handle claims under this Plan in  accordance  with its terms.
         The person,  persons or entity  serving as Claims  Administrator  shall
         serve at the pleasure of the Plan Administrator.

10.02    Power of the Claims Administrator
         ---------------------------------

         The Claims  Administrator  shall have such powers as are  necessary for
         the proper handling of claims for Benefits under this Plan,  including,
         but not limited to, the following:

         (a)      To prescribe  procedures to be followed by Covered  Persons in
                  filing  applications for Benefits and for furnishing  evidence
                  necessary  to establish  their  rights to Benefits  under this
                  Plan,

         (b)      To find  facts,  interpret  this  Plan,  and  make  reasonable
                  determinations as to the rights of any individual applying for
                  or receiving  Benefits  under this Plan and to notify any such
                  Covered   Person   dissatisfied   with  any  such  finding  or
                  determination   of  his  right  to  appeal  such   finding  or
                  determination,

         (c)      To make Benefit  payments  directly to Covered  Persons and/or
                  their assignees entitled to Benefits under this Plan,

         (d)      To obtain from the Plan  Administrator  or  Employer,  Covered
                  Persons and others, such information as shall be necessary for
                  the proper administration of claims under this Plan,

         (e)      To keep records  regarding the  administration of claims under
                  this Plan,

         (f)      To furnish to the Plan  Administrator  upon  request such data
                  with  respect  to  the  administration  of  this  Plan  as  is
                  reasonable and appropriate, and

         (g)      To collect,  evaluate,  analyze and  prepare  statistical  and
                  other data with respect to the administration of this Plan.

         No  determination  of  the  Claims  Administrator  in  one  case  shall
         necessarily  create a basis  for  retroactive  adjustment  in any other
         case.

10.03    Powers of Plan Administrator
         ----------------------------

         The Plan Administrator shall have the power to find facts and interpret
         this Plan and

                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 65
<PAGE>


         make  reasonable  determinations  as to the  rights of any  individuals
         appealing a denial of Benefits by the Claims Administrator.

10.04    Effect of Fiduciary Action
         --------------------------
 
         This Plan shall be interpreted by the Plan  Administrator  and all Plan
         fiduciaries  in  accordance  with  the  terms of this  Plan  and  their
         intended  meanings.  The Plan  Administrator  and all Plan  fiduciaries
         shall have the  discretion  to make any  findings of fact needed in the
         administration of this Plan, and shall have the discretion to interpret
         or construe  ambiguous,  unclear,  or implied (but omitted)  terms in a
         fashion they deem to be consistent  with the intent of this Plan and in
         their  reasonable  judgment.  The validity of any such finding of fact,
         interpretation, construction or decision may be given de novo review if
         challenged in court, by arbitration,  or in any other forum,  but shall
         be upheld unless clearly unreasonable, arbitrary, or capricious. To the
         extent the Plan  Administrator  or any Plan  fiduciary has been granted
         discretionary  authority under this Plan, the Plan  Administrator's  or
         Plan fiduciary's prior exercise of such authority shall not obligate it
         to exercise its  authority in a like  fashion  thereafter.  All actions
         taken  and  all   determinations   made  in  good  faith  by  the  Plan
         Administrator  or by Plan  fiduciaries  shall be final and binding upon
         all persons claiming any interest in or under this Plan.

         All findings by the Plan  Administrator or by Plan fiduciaries shall be
         made in writing and, upon the request of any Covered  Person,  all such
         written  findings shall be delivered to any  requesting  Covered Person
         within 30 calendar days of such request.

10.05    Proof of Coverage
         -----------------

         The Plan  Administrator  shall provide each Covered Person with written
         proof of coverage  hereunder  (e.g.,  an  enrollment  card),  and shall
         maintain a toll-free telephone number through which each Covered Person
         or Provider shall be able to verify coverage hereunder twenty-four (24)
         hours each day, seven days a week .













                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 66
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   ----------
                       DURATION AND AMENDMENT OF THIS PLAN
                       -----------------------------------


11.01    Permanence of this Plan
         -----------------------

         This Plan shall  continue  in full force and effect  until the death of
         the last Covered Person.  The Employer has  established  this Plan with
         the bona fide  intention  and  expectation  that it shall be maintained
         indefinitely.

11.02    Right to Amend or Terminate
         ---------------------------

         (a)      Covered  Retirees  and  Eligible  Retirees  Listed  in  Part I
                  Appendix A. Neither the Employer nor the Plan Administrator or
                  any other  person shall have any right or power at any time to
                  eliminate  or reduce,  in any  respect,  any  benefit,  right,
                  program,  service,  or other feature of this Plan with respect
                  to any person who is listed in Parts  I.A.,  I.B.,  or I.C. of
                  Appendix  A as of the  Effective  Date,  or their  Dependents,
                  except if and only to the extent required by applicable law to
                  maintain  the status of the Plan as a group  health plan under
                  the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly,  the Employer shall have
                  no right or power at any time to terminate this Plan, in whole
                  or in part, with respect to any such person.

         (b)      Eligible  Retirees  Not  Listed in Part I of  Appendix  A. The
                  Employer shall have the right to modify,  alter,  or amend, in
                  whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of this Plan at
                  any time only for the  purpose of adding  persons  who are not
                  listed in Parts  I.A.,  I.B.,  or I.C. of Appendix A as of the
                  Effective  Date to this Plan. The Employer also shall have the
                  right at any time to terminate  this Plan in part with respect
                  to any such  person not  currently  listed on Appendix A as of
                  the Effective  Date, or in whole if all persons who are listed
                  in Parts I.A., I.B., or I.C. of Appendix A as of the Effective
                  Date and their Dependents are no longer living.

         (c)      Interpretation.  No interpretation  shall have any retroactive
                  or  prospective  effect so as to deprive any Covered Person of
                  any Benefit then payable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any
                  interpretation  of this  Plan may be made  retroactive  to the
                  extent  necessary for this Plan to comply with any  applicable
                  law.

         (d)      No Agency.  No agent of the Employer is  authorized  to change
                  the form or content of this Plan in any manner or degree.



                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 67
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XII
                                   -----------
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------


12.01    Gender and Number
         -----------------
 
         Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter
         gender,  they  shall be  construed  as  though  they  were also used in
         another gender in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any
         words are used  herein in the  singular or plural  form,  they shall be
         construed  as though they were also used in the other form in all cases
         where they would so apply.

12.02    Action by the Plan Administrator
         --------------------------------

         Whenever  the  Plan  Administrator  under  the  terms  of this  Plan is
         permitted  or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing,  it
         shall  be  done  and  performed  by an  officer  of the  Employer  duly
         authorized by its Board of Directors.

12.03    Named Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibility
         --------------------------------------------------

         The  Named   Fiduciary   shall   have  only   those   powers,   duties,
         responsibilities,  and obligations as are specifically given under this
         Plan. In general, the Employer,  acting through its Board of Directors,
         shall have the sole  responsibility  for funding the Benefits and other
         expenses of this Plan and shall have the sole  authority to appoint and
         remove the Claims  Administrator;  except for any trusts established by
         the Employer to fund this Plan, to formulate this Plan's funding policy
         and  method;   to  handle  request  for  claims   review.   The  Claims
         Administrator  shall have the responsibility for the proper handling of
         the initial claims for Benefits under this Plan,  which  responsibility
         is specifically  described in this Plan. The Plan  Administrator  shall
         have the  responsibility  for the  administration  of this  Plan.  Each
         fiduciary  may rely  upon any  direction,  information,  or  action  of
         another  fiduciary as being proper under this Plan, and is not required
         to  inquire  into  propriety  of any such  direction,  information,  or
         action. It is intended that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the
         proper  exercise  of its  own  powers,  duties,  responsibilities,  and
         obligations under this Plan, any person or group may serve in more than
         one fiduciary capacity.

12.04    Duty to Provide Data
         --------------------

         (a)      Every  person  with  an  interest  in this  Plan  or  claiming
                  Benefits under this Plan shall furnish the Plan  Administrator
                  on a timely and accurate basis with such  documents,  evidence
                  or information as it considers  necessary or desirable for the
                  purpose of administering this Plan. The Plan Administrator may
                  postpone  payment of Benefits  (without  accrual of  interest)
                  until such information and such documents have been furnished.
                  Such  data   includes,   but  is  not   limited   to,   annual
                  certifications  of family and employment  status,  and address
                  changes.


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 68
<PAGE>


         (b)      Every  person  claiming  a Benefit  under this Plan shall give
                  written  notice to the Plan  Administrator  of his or her post
                  office  address and each change of post  office  address.  Any
                  communication,  statement or notice addressed to such a person
                  at his or her  latest  post  office  address as filed with the
                  Plan Administrator  shall, on deposit in the United State mail
                  with postage  prepaid,  be as binding upon such person for all
                  purposes  of this  Plan as if it had  been  received,  whether
                  actually  received or not. If a person fails to give notice of
                  his  or her  correct  address,  the  Plan  Administrator,  the
                  Employer and Plan fiduciaries shall not be obligated to search
                  for, or to ascertain, his whereabouts.

         (c)      If Benefits  which are otherwise  currently  payable cannot be
                  paid  to the  person  entitled  to the  Benefits  because  the
                  individual  has  failed to comply  with this  Section or other
                  Plan  provisions  relating to claims for Benefits,  any unpaid
                  past due amount shall be forfeited on the  individual's  death
                  or presumed death.

12.05    Indemnification
         ---------------

         To the extent  permitted by law, the Employer shall  indemnify and hold
         harmless  the  Claims  Administrator,  Plan  Administrator,   Board  of
         Directors of the Employer,  and any employee or officer of the Employer
         to whom any fiduciary or administrative  responsibility with respect to
         this Plan is  allocated  or  delegated,  from and  against  any and all
         liabilities, costs (including legal fees), and expenses Incurred by any
         such person as a result of any act,  or omission to act, in  connection
         with the performance of his duties,  responsibilities,  and obligations
         under this Plan and under ERISA,  other than such  liabilities,  costs,
         and expenses as may result from the negligence or willful misconduct of
         such person. The indemnification of the Claims  Administrator shall not
         be greater than any  indemnification  in the  contract  with the Claims
         Administrator.  The  foregoing  right  of  indemnification  shall be in
         addition to any other right to which any such person may be entitled as
         a matter of law or otherwise.  The Plan  Administrator may obtain,  pay
         for and keep  current a policy or policies of  insurance,  insuring the
         Claims  Administrator,  Plan  Administrator,  Board of Directors of the
         Employer,  or any other employee or officer of the Employer who has any
         fiduciary responsibility with respect to this Plan from and against any
         and all liabilities,  costs and expenses Incurred by any such person as
         a  result  of any act,  or  omission  to act,  in  connection  with the
         performance of his duties, responsibilities, and obligations under this
         Plan and under ERISA.

12.06    Funding
         -------

         (a)      The Benefits and expenses of this Plan shall be provided  from
                  the general  assets of the Employer or such other  funding and
                  payment vehicles as may be selected by the Employer.  Eligible
                  Retirees  and  Covered   Persons  shall  not  be  required  to
                  contribute to the cost of this Plan; provided, however, that a
                  Covered Dependent may be required to contribute as provided in


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 69
<PAGE>


                  subsection  7.02(d) if he elects  continuation  coverage under
                  Article  VII,  but  shall not be  required  to  contribute  if
                  coverage continues under subsection 2.07(b).

         (b)      All  Benefits  shall be paid in such a manner  that no  amount
                  with respect  thereto is includible in the gross income of the
                  Covered Person.

12.07    Headings
         --------

         The  headings  and  subheadings  of this Plan have  been  inserted  for
         convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any  construction  of
         the provisions hereof.

12.08    Governing Instrument
         --------------------

         This  instrument is the "Plan  Document" as defined  under ERISA.  This
         Plan shall be administered and Plan Benefits shall be payable solely in
         accordance with the provisions of this instrument.  In the event of any
         conflict  between  the  provisions  of this  instrument  and any  other
         document, booklet, summary plan description or other materials relating
         to this Plan, the provisions of this instrument shall be controlling.

12.09    Uniformity
         ----------

         All  provisions  of this Plan  shall be  interpreted  and  applied in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

12.10    Severability
         ------------

         If a  provision  of this Plan  shall be held  illegal or  invalid,  the
         illegality or invalidity  shall not affect the remaining  parts,  which
         shall be enforced as if the illegal or invalid  provision  had not been
         included in this Plan.

12.11    Plan Does Not Provide Services
         ------------------------------

         The Plan  Administrator  shall not be responsible for the furnishing of
         Hospital  or  medical  care  nor for the  quality  of  such  care.  The
         providers  furnishing  care to a Covered  Person  do so as  independent
         contractors with respect to the Covered Person.  The Plan Administrator
         shall not be liable  for any claim or demand on  account  of damages in
         any  manner  connected  with the  provision  of health  care  services.
         Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as  restricting  or interfering
         in any way with a Covered  Person's  right to freely  choose to receive
         services from a Hospital, Physician, or other Provider.

12.12    Governing Law
         -------------

         This Plan shall be interpreted, administered and enforced in accordance
         with  the  Internal   Revenue  Code  and  ERISA,   and  the  rights  of
         participants,  beneficiaries, and all other persons shall be determined
         in accordance with these laws. To the extent


                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 70
<PAGE>


         that  state  law is  applicable,  however,  the  laws of the  State  of
         California shall apply.

12.13    Limitations on Rights of Participants
         -------------------------------------

         This Plan is a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Employer and it
         is not to be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer
         and any person;  nor is it a consideration  for, an inducement to, or a
         condition of, the employment of any person.  Nothing  contained in this
         Plan gives, or is intended to give, any person the right to be retained
         in the service of his Employer,  or to interfere  with the right of his
         Employer to discharge  or otherwise  terminate  the  employment  of any
         person at any time.  Participation in this Plan gives no right or claim
         to any Benefits hereunder beyond those expressly provided herein.



































                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 71
<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bergen Brunswig Corporation has caused this instrument to be
authorized,  approved, and executed by its Secretary on this 23rd day of August,
1997.


                                    BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Milan A  Sawdei
                                       -----------------------------
                                            Milan A  Sawdei,
                                            Secretary


                                    ATTEST:


(Corporate Seal)                    By: /s/ Carol Scherman
                                       -----------------------------
                                            Carol Scherman,
                                            Executive Vice President,
                                            Human Resources and
                                            Plan Administrator


                                    By: /s/ Robert E  Martini
                                       -------------------------------
                                            Robert E  Martini,
                                            Chairman of the Board





                                 EXH 10(o) - Page 72


<TABLE>


                                                                                                 EXHIBIT 11


                                     BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION
                                     ---------------------------
                                  COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                            FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                        (in thousands except for share and per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  Years Ended
                                                                                 September 30,
                                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                                        1997          1996         1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>          <C>        
DATA AS TO EARNINGS
      Net earnings applicable to common and
          common equivalent shares                                      $81,679      $73,533      $63,942
                                                                    ======================================

DATA AS TO NUMBER OF COMMON AND
      COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARES:
      Weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding          50,206,625   49,974,063   49,485,838
      Common equivalent shares assuming issuance of shares
           represented by outstanding employees' stock options:
           Additional shares assumed to be issued                     2,328,118    2,092,007    1,642,799
           Reduction of such additional shares assuming
                proceeds invested in treasury stock (at average
                market prices during each year)                      (1,820,426)  (1,742,230)  (1,377,444)
                                                                    --------------------------------------
           Average number of common and common
                equivalent shares outstanding                        50,714,317   50,323,840   49,751,193
                                                                    ======================================

EARNINGS PER COMMON AND COMMON
      EQUIVALENT SHARE OUTSTANDING:
           Net earnings                                                $   1.61     $   1.46     $   1.29
                                                                    ======================================




</TABLE>


<TABLE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT 21


                  BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES


                           SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT


The  following is a list of the  significant  subsidiaries  of  registrant as of
November 30, 1997:
<CAPTION>

                                                                 PERCENTAGE
                                                                 OF VOTING
                                                                 SECURITIES
                                             STATE OF            OWNED BY
NAME                                         INCORPORATION       REGISTRANT
- ----                                         -------------       ----------
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>

Durr-Fillauer Medical, Inc.                  Delaware                 100%

Bergen Brunswig Drug Company                 California               (1)

Bergen Brunswig Medical Corporation
  (formerly known as Durr Medical
  Corporation)                               Alabama                  (1)




<FN>

(1)      100% owned by Durr-Fillauer Medical, Inc.
</FN>
</TABLE>



















                                 EXH 21 - Page 1



                                                                     EXHIBIT 23







INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in  Registration  Statement  Nos.
2-54345,  2-63803,  2-75715, 2-88474, 2-96491, 33-32465 and 33-57537 on Form S-8
and in Registration Statement Nos. 33-55136,  33-53817,  33-57325,  33-59784 and
333-631 on Form S-3 of our report  dated  October 31,  1997,  appearing  in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bergen  Brunswig  Corporation  for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1997.




/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Costa Mesa, California
December 19, 1997















                                 EXH 23 - Page 1



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED
FROM THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF BERGEN BRUNSWIG
CORPORATION FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                         1000
<CURRENCY>                           U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                                                <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                      12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                  SEP-30-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                       SEP-30-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                             1
<CASH>                                                 54,494
<SECURITIES>                                            2,786
<RECEIVABLES>                                         801,364
<ALLOWANCES>                                           29,022
<INVENTORY>                                         1,309,359
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                    2,155,475
<PP&E>                                                270,306
<DEPRECIATION>                                        131,944
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                      2,707,123
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                               1,624,306
<BONDS>                                               437,956
<COMMON>                                               83,805
                                       0
                                                 0
<OTHER-SE>                                            561,056
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                        2,707,123
<SALES>                                                     0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   11,660,496
<CGS>                                              11,006,065
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                      11,491,264
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                            0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                     30,793
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                       138,439
<INCOME-TAX>                                           56,760
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                    81,679
<DISCONTINUED>                                              0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                             0
<CHANGES>                                                   0
<NET-INCOME>                                           81,679
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                            1.61
<EPS-DILUTED>                                            1.61
        

</TABLE>



                                                                  Exhibit 99 (a)



                           BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION
                 STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION


         The  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of 1995  (the  "Act")
provides a "safe  harbor" for  "forward-looking  statements"  (as defined in the
Act).  The Form 10-K to which this  exhibit is  attached,  the Company' s Annual
Report  to  Shareowners,  any Form 10-Q or any Form 8-K of the  Company,  or any
other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of the Company may include
forward-looking  statements which reflect the Company's  current view (as of the
date such  forward-looking  statement  is made) with  respect to future  events,
prospects,   projections  or  financial   performance.   These   forward-looking
statements  are subject to certain  uncertainties  and other  factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those made,  implied or projected
in such statements.  These uncertainties and other factors include,  but are not
limited to, uncertainties  relating to general economic conditions;  the loss of
one or more key customer or supplier relationships,  including pharmaceutical or
medical-surgical  manufacturers  for  which  alternative  supplies  may  not  be
available;  the malfunction or failure of the Company's information systems; the
costs  and  difficulties   related  to  the  integration  of  recently  acquired
businesses;  changes to the  presentation  of  financial  results  and  position
resulting from adoption of new  accounting  principles or upon the advice of the
Company's  independent  auditors,  or the staff of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission;   changes  in  the   distribution   or   outsourcing   pattern   for
pharmaceutical or  medical-surgical  products,  including any increase in direct
distribution or decrease in contract packaging by pharmaceutical  manufacturers;
changes in, or failure to comply  with,  government  regulations;  the costs and
other effects of legal and administrative  proceedings;  competitive  factors in
the Company's  healthcare service businesses,  including pricing pressures;  the
continued  financial  viability  and  success  of the  Company's  customers  and
suppliers;  technological  developments  and  products  offered by  competitors;
failure to retain or continue to attract  senior  management  or key  personnel;
risks  associated  with  international  operations;  including  fluctuations  in
currency exchange ratios; successful challenges to the validity of the Company's
patents,   copyrights   and/or   trademarks;   difficulties  or  delays  in  the
development,  production and marketing of new products and services;  strikes or
other labor  disruptions;  labor and employee benefit costs;  pharmaceutical and
medical-surgical   manufacturers'   pricing   policies   and  overall  drug  and
medical-surgical  supply price  inflation;  changes in hospital buying groups or
hospital  buying  practices;  and other  factors  referenced in the Form 10-K to
which this  exhibit is attached or other  filings or written or oral  statements
made  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company.   The  words  "believe",   "expect",
"anticipate",  "project",  and  similar  expressions  identify  "forward-looking
statements", which speak only as of the date the statement was made. The Company
undertakes  no  obligation  to  publicly  update or revise  any  forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.



                               EXH 99(a) - Page 1






                                                                   EXHIBIT 99(b)

                           SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE PLAN

                                Robert E. Martini
                                -----------------


         THIS PLAN is adopted by agreement between the Company and the owner:

DEFINITIONS:
- ------------

         A.       "Company":   Bergen   Brunswig   Corporation,   a  New  Jersey
                  corporation, of Orange, California.

         B.       "Insured": Robert E. Martini

         C.       "Insurer": Any life insurance company issuing a Policy.

         D.       "Insured's  Death  Benefit":The  amount listed as at any given
                  time on Exhibit A.

         E.       "Plan Year":  The 12 months  commencing  February 1, 1985, and
                  each consecutive 12 months thereafter.

         F.       "Policy":  The policy or policies of  insurance on the life of
                  the  Insured  issued by the  Insurer  and  listed on Exhibit A
                  annexed  hereto  together  with  any  supplementary  contracts
                  issued by the Insurer in conjunction therewith.

         G.       "Policy Interest":  The Company's Policy Interest shall be the
                  entire value of the Policy less:

                  (a)      The amount of any loans  taken by the  Company to pay
                           premiums or otherwise and secured by the Policy; and

                  (b)      The amount of the Insured's Death Benefit.

         H.       "Owner":  The insured or, if the Insured  assigns his interest
                  under this Plan, the assignee.

RECITALS:
- ---------

         A.       The  Company  is owner of the  Policy,  and the  Insured  is a
                  valuable  employee  of the  Company.  The  Company  wishes  to
                  continue this  employment  relationship  and, as an inducement
                  thereto,  is  willing  to assist  the Owner in the  payment of
                  premiums on the Policy as an additional  form of  compensation
                  to the Insured as its employee.




                               EXH 99(b) - Page 1


<PAGE>


                  Because the  welfare of the Company  depends on the morale and
                  well-being  of its employees  generally  including the Insured
                  specifically,  the Plan is to be administered in the Insured's
                  best interest,  but this shall not give Robert E. Martini,  in
                  any capacity other than as the Owner, any right to enforce the
                  Plan.

         B.       To carry out the purposes of this Split Dollar Plan, the Owner
                  shall be owner of a portion of the Policy death  benefit equal
                  to the Insured's  Death Benefit.  The existence of the Owner's
                  interest in the Policy  shall be evidenced by filing with each
                  Insurer an assignment in substantially the form annexed hereto
                  as Exhibit B.

         C.       This Plan is intended to qualify as a life insurance  employee
                  benefit plan as described in Revenue Ruling 64-328.

THEREFORE, for value received, it is agreed:

1.       Premium Payments

         (a)      Each annual premium on the policy shall be paid as follows:

                  (1)      The Owner with  respect to any  premium  payable on a
                           Policy  after it is subject  to this Plan,  may pay a
                           portion of the premium equal to the current term rate
                           for  the  Insured's  age  multiplied  by the  current
                           Insured's  Death  Benefit.  Here,  the "current  term
                           rate"  shall  mean  the  lesser  of  the   applicable
                           Insurer's  annual  term  insurance  rate or the rates
                           specified in Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110.

                  (2)      The Company shall pay all premium amounts not paid by
                           the  Owner,  and may do so  either  in cash or Policy
                           loans or other loans.

         (b)      The Owner's premium share shall be remitted to the Company for
                  transmission to the Insurer,  and the Company's  premium share
                  shall be remitted to the Insurer,  both before  expiration  of
                  the grace period.

         (c)      Dividends  on the  Policy  shall be  applied as elected by the
                  Company.

         (d)      The Policy may, at the Company's  discretion,  provide for the
                  waiver of premium on  disability.  If it does so provide,  the
                  cost thereof shall be borne by the Company.

2.       Rights of Parties

         (a)      The Owner shall be owner of that portion of the Policy's death
                  benefit  equal to the  Insured's  Death  Benefit on Exhibit A,
                  with the right to designate beneficiaries for the portion.



                                 EXH 99(b) - Page 2
<PAGE>


         (b)      The  Company  shall be owner of all other  rights  of  "owner"
                  under the terms of the Policy  including,  but not limited to,
                  the right to designate  beneficiaries,  select  settlement and
                  dividend options,  borrow on the security of the Policy and to
                  surrender  the Policy;  provided  that the right to  surrender
                  shall not be exercised unless this Plan has terminated.

         (c)      The rights of each party may be  exercised  without  the other
                  party's consent.

3.       Assignments  - The Owner and the Company shall have the right to assign
         any part or all of their  respective  interests  in the Policy and this
         Plan  to  any  person,  entity  or  trust  by  execution  of a  written
         assignment delivered to the other party.

4.       Termination of Plan

         (a)      This  Plan  shall  terminate  on the  first  to  occur  of the
                  following:

                  (1)      Completion of the 23rd Plan Year, January 31, 2008.

                  (2)      The  first  anniversary  of the  date  this  Plan  is
                           signed,  if  the  Company  has  delivered  notice  of
                           termination   to  the   Owner  on  or   before   that
                           anniversary.

         (b)      On any  termination  of this Plan,  the Policy shall revert to
                  the exclusive ownership of the Company.

5.       The Insurer - The Insurer shall be bound only by the  provisions of and
         endorsements  on the Policy,  and any payments made or actions taken by
         it in accordance  therewith  shall fully  discharge it from all claims,
         suits and demands of all person whatsoever. It shall in no way be bound
         by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Plan.

6.       Special Provision - The following  provisions are part of this Plan and
         are intended to meet the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income
         Security Act of 1974:

         (a)      The named fiduciary:   The secretary of the Company.

         (b)      The funding policy under this Plan is that all premiums on the
                  Policy be remitted to the Insurer when due.

         (c)      Direct  payment  by the  Insurer  is the basis of  payment  of
                  benefits  under this Plan,  with those  benefits in turn being
                  based on the payment of premiums as provided in the Plan.

         (d)      For claims procedure  purposes,  the "Claims Manager" shall be
                  Gerald Gutman.



                                 EXH 99(b) - Page 3
<PAGE>


                  (1)      If for any  reason a claim for  benefits  under  this
                           Plan is denied by the  Company,  the  Claims  Manager
                           shall  deliver to the claimant a written  explanation
                           setting  forth the  specific  reasons for the denial,
                           pertinent references to the Plan section on which the
                           denial is based,  such other data as may be pertinent
                           and  information  on the procedures to be followed by
                           the claimant in obtaining a review of his claim,  all
                           written in a manner  calculated  to be  understood by
                           the claimant. For this purpose:

                           (A)      The  claimant's  claim shall be deemed filed
                                    when  presented  orally or in writing to the
                                    Claims Manager.

                           (B)      The Claims Manager's explanation shall be in
                                    writing  delivered to the claimant within 90
                                    days of the date the claim is filed.

                  (2)      The claimant shall have 60 days following his receipt
                           of the  denial of the  claim to file with the  Claims
                           Manager a written  request  for review of the denial.
                           For such review,  the claimant or his  representative
                           may submit pertinent documents and written issues and
                           comments.

                  (3)      The Claims  Manager  shall decide the issue on review
                           and furnish the  claimant  with a copy within 60 days
                           of receipt of the  claimant's  request  for review of
                           his claim. The decision on review shall be in writing
                           and shall include  specific  reasons for the decision
                           written in a manner  calculated  to be  understood by
                           the claimant,  as well as specific  references to the
                           pertinent  Plan  provisions  on which the decision is
                           based.

                           If a copy of the  decision is not so furnished to the
                           claimant  within  such 60 days,  the  claim  shall be
                           deemed denied on review.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  have signed this Plan this 22nd day of
November, 1985.

                                    COMPANY

                                    BERGEN BRUNSWIG CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ George E. Reinhardt, Jr.
                                    --------------------------------
                                    Title:  Vice President, Finance


                                    OWNER


                                        /s/ Robert E. Martini
                                    --------------------------------
                                            Robert E. Martini




                                 EXH 99(b) - Page 4




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission